rmon collection stats

Use the rmon collection stats interface configuration command to collect Ethernet group statistics, which include usage statistics about broadcast and multicast packets, and error statistics about cyclic redundancy check (CRC) alignment errors and collisions. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.

rmon collection stats index [ owner name ]

no rmon collection stats index [ owner name ]

 
Syntax Description

index

Remote Network Monitoring (RMON) collection control index. The range is 1 to 65535.

owner name

(Optional) Owner of the RMON collection.

 
Defaults

The RMON statistics collection is disabled.

 
Command Modes

Interface configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The RMON statistics collection command is based on hardware counters.

Examples

This example shows how to collect RMON statistics for the owner root :

Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# rmon collection stats 2 owner root
 

You can verify your setting by entering the show rmon statistics privileged EXEC command.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show rmon statistics

Displays RMON statistics.

sdm prefer

Use the sdm prefer global configuration command to configure the template used in Switch Database Management (SDM) resource allocation. You can use a template to allocate system resources to best support the features being used in your application or select the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template to support IPv6 forwarding (supported only when the switch is running the LAN base image). Use the no form of this command to return to the default template.

sdm prefer { default | dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default | lanbase-routing | qos }

no sdm prefer

Note A Catalyst 2960-S switch running the LAN base image uses a default template that includes maximum resources for all supported features; it does not require the dual or qos templates. However, to enable static routing on the Catalyst 2960-S, you must configure the lanbase-routing template.

 
Syntax Description

default

Give balance to all functions.

dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default

Allows the switch to be used in dual stack environments (supporting both IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding). You must configure this template to enable IPv6 MLD snooping or IPv6 host functions.

lanbase-routing

Supports configuring IPv4 static unicast routes on switch virtual interfaces (SVIs). The switch must be running the LAN base image.

qos

Provide maximum system usage for quality of service (QoS) access control entries (ACEs).

 
Defaults

The default template provides a balance to all features.

 
Command Modes

Global configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(40)SE

The dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default keywords were added.

 
Usage Guidelines

You must reload the switch for the configuration to take effect.

If you enter the show sdm prefer command before you enter the reload privileged EXEC command, the show sdm prefer command shows the template currently in use and the template that will become active after a reload.

Use the no sdm prefer command to set the switch to the default template.

Do not use the routing template if you are not using static routing on your switch. Entering the sdm prefer lanbase- outing global configuration command prevents other features from using the memory allocated to unicast routing in the routing template.

Do not use the ipv4-and-ipv6 template if you do not plan to enable IPv6 functionality on the switch. Entering the sdm prefer ipv4-and-ipv6 global configuration command divides resources between IPv4 and IPv6, limiting those allocated to IPv4 forwarding.

 

Table 1-1 Approximate Number of Feature Resources Allowed by Each Template

Resource
Default
Catalyst 2960
Default
Catalyst 2960-S
QoS
Catalyst 2960 Only
Dual
Catalyst 2960 Only
LAN base routing

Unicast MAC addresses

8 K

8K

8 K

8 K

4K

IPv4 IGMP groups

256

256

256

256

256

IPv4 unicast routes

0

256

0

0

.75 K
  • Directly connected hosts

0

 

0

0

.75 K
  • Indirect routes

0

 

0

0

16

IPv6 multicast groups

0

 

0

0

0

Directly connected IPv6 addresses

0

 

0

0

0

Indirect IPv6 unicast routes

0

 

0

0

0

IPv4 policy-based routing aces

0

 

0

0

0

IPv4 MAC QoS ACEs

128

384

384

0

128

IPv4 MAC security ACEs

384

384

128

256

384

IPv6 policy-based routing aces

0

 

0

0

0

IPv6 QoS ACEs

0

 

0

0

0

IPv6 security ACEs

0

128

0

0

0

Examples

This example shows how to use the QoS template:

Switch(config)# sdm prefer qos
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
 

This example shows how to configure the dual IPv4-and-IPv6 default template on a switch:

Switch(config)# sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
 

You can verify your settings by entering the show sdm prefer privileged EXEC command.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show sdm prefer

Displays the current SDM template in use or displays the templates that can be used, with approximate resource allocation per feature.

service password-recovery

Use the service password-recovery global configuration command to enable the password-recovery mechanism (the default). This mechanism allows an end user with physical access to the switch to hold down the Mode button and interrupt the bootup process while the switch is powering up and to assign a new password. Use the no form of this command to disable part of the password-recovery functionality. When the password-recovery mechanism is disabled, interrupting the bootup process is allowed only if the user agrees to set the system back to the default configuration.

service password-recovery

no service password-recovery

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Defaults

The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.

 
Command Modes

Global configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

As a system administrator, you can use the no service password-recovery command to disable some of the functionality of the password recovery feature by allowing an end user to reset a password only by agreeing to return to the default configuration.

To use the password-recovery procedure, a user with physical access to the switch holds down the Mode button while the unit powers up and for a second or two after the LED above port 1X turns off. When the button is released, the system continues with initialization.

If the password-recovery mechanism is disabled, this message appears:

The password-recovery mechanism has been triggered, but
is currently disabled. Access to the boot loader prompt
through the password-recovery mechanism is disallowed at
this point. However, if you agree to let the system be
reset back to the default system configuration, access
to the boot loader prompt can still be allowed.
 
Would you like to reset the system back to the default configuration (y/n)?
 

Note If the user chooses not to reset the system to the default configuration, the normal bootup process continues, as if the Mode button had not been pressed. If you choose to reset the system to the default configuration, the configuration file in flash memory is deleted, and the VLAN database file, flash:vlan.dat (if present), is deleted.If you use the no service password-recovery command to control end user access to passwords, we recommend that you save a copy of the config file in a location away from the switch in case the end user uses the password recovery procedure and sets the system back to default values. Do not keep a backup copy of the config file on the switch.

If the switch is operating in VTP transparent mode, we recommend that you also save a copy of the vlan.dat file in a location away from the switch.

You can verify if password recovery is enabled or disabled by entering the show version privileged EXEC command.

Examples

This example shows how to disable password recovery on a switch so that a user can only reset a password by agreeing to return to the default configuration.

Switch(config)# no service-password recovery
Switch(config)# exit

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show version

Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.

service-policy

Use the service-policy interface configuration command to apply a policy map defined by the policy-map command to the input of a physical port. Use the no form of this command to remove the policy map and port association.

service-policy input policy-map-name

no service-policy input policy-map-name

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

 
Syntax Description

input policy-map-name

Apply the specified policy map to the input of a physical port.

Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the history keyword is not supported, and you should ignore the statistics that it gathers. The output keyword is also not supported.

 
Defaults

No policy maps are attached to the port.

 
Command Modes

Interface configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Policy maps can be configured on physical ports.

You can apply a policy map to incoming traffic on a physical port.

Classification using a port trust state (for example, mls qos trust [ cos | dscp | ip-precedence ] and a policy map (for example, service-policy input policy-map-name) are mutually exclusive. The last one configured overwrites the previous configuration.

Examples

This example shows how to apply plcmap1 to an physical ingress port:

Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input plcmap1
 

This example shows how to remove plcmap2 from a physical port:

Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# no service-policy input plcmap2
 

You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

policy-map

Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy.

show policy-map

Displays QoS policy maps.

show running-config

Displays the running configuration on the switch.

session

Use the session privileged EXEC command on the stack master to access a specific stack member.

session stack-member-number

Note This command is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

 
Syntax Description

stack-member-number

Specify the member number. The range is 1 to 4.

Note Although visible in the command-line help string, the processor keyword is not supported.

 
Defaults

No default is defined.

 
Command Modes

Global configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(53)SE1

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

When you access the member, its member number is appended to the system prompt.

Use the session command from the master to access a member switch.

Use the session command with processor 1 from the master or a standalone switch to access the internal controller. A standalone switch is always member 1.

Examples

This example shows how to access member 6:

Switch(config)# session 6
Switch-6#
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

reload

Reloads the member and puts a configuration change into effect.

switch

Changes the member priority value.

switch renumber

Changes the member number.

show switch

Displays information about the stack and its members.

set

Use the set policy-map class configuration command to classify IP traffic by setting a Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) or an IP-precedence value in the packet. Use the no form of this command to remove traffic classification.

set { dscp new-dscp | [ ip ] precedence new-precedence }

no set { dscp new-dscp | [ ip ] precedence new-precedence }

 
Syntax Description

dscp new-dscp

New DSCP value assigned to the classified traffic. The range is 0 to 63. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly used value.

[ip] precedence new-precedence

New IP-precedence value assigned to the classified traffic. The range is 0 to 7. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly used value.

 
Defaults

No traffic classification is defined.

 
Command Modes

Policy-map class configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(25)SED

The ip keyword is optional.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you have used the set ip dscp p olicy-map class configuration command, the switch changes this command to set dscp in the switch configuration. If you enter the set ip dscp policy-map class configuration command, this setting appears as set dscp in the switch configuration.

You can use the set ip precedence policy-map class configuration command or the set precedence policy-map class configuration command. This setting appears as set ip precedence in the switch configuration.

The set command is mutually exclusive with the trust policy-map class configuration command within the same policy map.

For the set dscp new-dscp or the set ip precedence new-precedence command, you can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly used value. For example, you can enter the set dscp af11 command, which is the same as entering the set dscp 10 command. You can enter the set ip precedence critical command, which is the same as entering the set ip precedence 5 command. For a list of supported mnemonics, enter the set dscp ? or the set ip precedence ? command to see the command-line help strings.

To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode, use the end command.

Examples

This example shows how to assign DSCP 10 to all FTP traffic without any policers:

Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp
Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
 

You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

class

Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set, and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the specified class-map name.

police

Defines a policer for classified traffic.

policy-map

Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy.

show policy-map

Displays QoS policy maps.

trust

Defines a trust state for traffic classified through the class policy-map configuration command or the class-map global configuration command.

setup

Use the setup privileged EXEC command to configure the switch with its initial configuration.

setup

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

When you use the setup command, make sure that you have this information:

  • IP address and network mask
  • Password strategy for your environment
  • Whether the switch will be used as the cluster command switch and the cluster name

When you enter the setup command, an interactive dialog, called the System Configuration Dialog, appears. It guides you through the configuration process and prompts you for information. The values shown in brackets next to each prompt are the default values last set by using either the setup command facility or the configure privileged EXEC command.

Help text is provided for each prompt. To access help text, press the question mark (?) key at a prompt.

To return to the privileged EXEC prompt without making changes and without running through the entire System Configuration Dialog, press Ctrl-C.

When you complete your changes, the setup program shows you the configuration command script that was created during the setup session. You can save the configuration in NVRAM or return to the setup program or the command-line prompt without saving it.

Examples

This is an example of output from the setup command:

Switch# setup
--- System Configuration Dialog ---
 
Continue with configuration dialog? [yes/no]: yes
 
At any point you may enter a question mark '?' for help.
Use ctrl-c to abort configuration dialog at any prompt.
Default settings are in square brackets '[]'.
 
Basic management setup configures only enough connectivity
for management of the system, extended setup will ask you
to configure each interface on the system.
 
Would you like to enter basic management setup? [yes/no]: yes
Configuring global parameters:
Enter host name [Switch]:host-name
 
The enable secret is a password used to protect access to
privileged EXEC and configuration modes. This password, after
entered, becomes encrypted in the configuration.
Enter enable secret: enable-secret-password
 
The enable password is used when you do not specify an
enable secret password, with some older software versions, and
some boot images.
Enter enable password: enable-password
 
The virtual terminal password is used to protect
access to the router over a network interface.
Enter virtual terminal password: terminal-password
 
Configure SNMP Network Management? [no]: yes
Community string [public]:
 
Current interface summary
Any interface listed with OK? value “NO” does not have a valid configuration
 
Interface IP-Address OK? Method Status Protocol
Vlan1 172.20.135.202 YES NVRAM up up
 
GigabitEthernet6/0/1 unassigned YES unset up up
 
GigabitEthernet6/0/2 unassigned YES unset up down
 
<output truncated>
 
Port-channel1 unassigned YES unset up down
 
Enter interface name used to connect to the
management network from the above interface summary: vlan1
 
Configuring interface vlan1:
Configure IP on this interface? [yes]: yes
IP address for this interface: ip_address
Subnet mask for this interface [255.0.0.0]: subnet_mask
 
Would you like to enable as a cluster command switch? [yes/no]: yes
 
Enter cluster name: cluster-name
 
The following configuration command script was created:
 
hostname host-name
enable secret 5 $1$LiBw$0Xc1wyT.PXPkuhFwqyhVi0
enable password enable-password
line vty 0 15
password terminal-password
snmp-server community public
!
no ip routing
!
interface GigabitEthernet6/0/1
no ip address
!
interface GigabitEthernet6/0/2
no ip address
!
 
 
cluster enable cluster-name
!
end
Use this configuration? [yes/no]: yes
!
[0] Go to the IOS command prompt without saving this config.
 
[1] Return back to the setup without saving this config.
 
[2] Save this configuration to nvram and exit.
 
Enter your selection [2]:

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show running-config

Displays the running configuration on the switch.

show version

Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.

setup express

Use the setup express global configuration command to enable Express Setup mode. Use the no form of this command to disable Express Setup mode.

setup express

no setup express

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Defaults

Express Setup is enabled.

 
Command Modes

Global configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

When Express Setup is enabled on a new (unconfigured) switch, pressing the Mode button for 2 seconds activates Express Setup. You can access the switch through an Ethernet port by using the IP address 10.0.0.1 and then can configure the switch with the web-based Express Setup program or the command-line interface (CLI)-based setup program.

When you press the Mode button for 2 seconds on a configured switch, the LEDs above the Mode button start blinking. If you press the Mode button for a total of 10 seconds, the switch configuration is deleted, and the switch reboots. The switch can then be configured like a new switch, either through the web-based Express Setup program or the CLI-based setup program.

Note As soon as you make any change to the switch configuration (including entering no at the beginning of the CLI-based setup program), configuration by Express Setup is no longer available. You can only run Express Setup again by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds. This deletes the switch configuration and reboots the switch.

If Express Setup is active on the switch, entering the write memory or copy running-configuration startup-configuration privileged EXEC commands deactivates Express Setup. The IP address 10.0.0.1 is no longer valid on the switch, and your connection using this IP address ends.

The primary purpose of the no setup express command is to prevent someone from deleting the switch configuration by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to enable Express Setup mode:

Switch(config)# setup express
 

You can verify that Express Setup mode is enabled by pressing the Mode button:

  • On an unconfigured switch, the LEDs above the Mode button turn solid green after 3 seconds.
  • On a configured switch, the mode LEDs begin blinking after 2 seconds and turn solid green after 10 seconds.
Caution If you hold the Mode button down for a total of 10 seconds, the configuration is deleted, and the switch reboots.

This example shows how to disable Express Setup mode:

Switch(config)# no setup express
 

You can verify that Express Setup mode is disabled by pressing the Mode button. The mode LEDs do not turn solid green or begin blinking green if Express Setup mode is not enabled on the switch.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show setup express

Displays if Express Setup mode is active.

show access-lists

Use the show access-lists privileged EXEC command to display access control lists (ACLs) configured on the switch.

show access-lists [name | number | hardware counters | ipc ]

 
Syntax DescriptionT

name

(Optional) Name of the ACL.

number

(Optional) ACL number. The range is 1 to 2699.

hardware counters

(Optional) Display global hardware ACL statistics for switched and routed packets.

ipc

(Optional) Display Interprocess Communication (IPC) protocol access-list configuration download information.

expression

Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The switch supports only IP standard and extended access lists. Therefore, the allowed numbers are only 1 to 199 and 1300 to 2699.

This command also displays the MAC ACLs that are configured.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the rate-limit keywords are not supported.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show access-lists command:

Switch# show access-lists
Standard IP access list 1
10 permit 1.1.1.1
20 permit 2.2.2.2
30 permit any
40 permit 0.255.255.255, wildcard bits 12.0.0.0
Standard IP access list videowizard_1-1-1-1
10 permit 1.1.1.1
Standard IP access list videowizard_10-10-10-10
10 permit 10.10.10.10
Extended IP access list 121
10 permit ahp host 10.10.10.10 host 20.20.10.10 precedence routine
Extended IP access list CMP-NAT-ACL
Dynamic Cluster-HSRP deny ip any any
10 deny ip any host 19.19.11.11
20 deny ip any host 10.11.12.13
Dynamic Cluster-NAT permit ip any any
10 permit ip host 10.99.100.128 any
20 permit ip host 10.46.22.128 any
30 permit ip host 10.45.101.64 any
40 permit ip host 10.45.20.64 any
50 permit ip host 10.213.43.128 any
60 permit ip host 10.91.28.64 any
70 permit ip host 10.99.75.128 any
80 permit ip host 10.38.49.0 any
 

This is an example of output from the show access-lists hardware counters command:

Switch# show access-lists hardware counters
L2 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 855
Drop: All bytes count: 94143
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 2121
Forwarded: All bytes count: 180762
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0
 
L3 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 0
Drop: All bytes count: 0
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 13586
Forwarded: All bytes count: 1236182
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0
 
L2 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 0
Drop: All bytes count: 0
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 232983
Forwarded: All bytes count: 16825661
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0
 
L3 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 0
Drop: All bytes count: 0
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 514434
Forwarded: All bytes count: 39048748
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

access-list

Configures a standard or extended numbered access list on the switch.

ip access list

Configures a named IP access list on the switch.

mac access-list extended

Configures a named or numbered MAC access list on the switch.

show archive status

Use the show archive status privileged EXEC command to display the status of a new image being downloaded to a switch with the HTTP or the TFTP protocol.

show archive status

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you use the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to download an image to a TFTP server, the output of the archive download-sw command shows the status of the download.

If you do not have a TFTP server, you can use Network Assistant or the embedded device manager to download the image by using HTTP. The show archive status command shows the progress of the download.

Examples

These are examples of output from the show archive status command:

Switch# show archive status
IDLE: No upgrade in progress
 
Switch# show archive status
LOADING: Upgrade in progress
 
Switch# show archive status
EXTRACT: Extracting the image
 
Switch# show archive status
VERIFY: Verifying software
 
Switch# show archive status
RELOAD: Upgrade completed. Reload pending

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

archive download-sw

Downloads a new image from a TFTP server to the switch.

show arp access-list

Use the show arp access-list EXEC command to display detailed information about Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) access control (lists).

show arp access-list [ acl-name ]

 
Syntax Description

acl-name

(Optional) Name of the ACL.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show arp access-list command:

Switch# show arp access-list
ARP access list rose
permit ip 10.101.1.1 0.0.0.255 mac any
permit ip 20.3.1.0 0.0.0.255 mac any

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

arp access-list

Defines an ARP ACL.

deny (ARP access-list configuration)

Denies an ARP packet based on matches against the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) bindings.

ip arp inspection filter vlan

Permits ARP requests and responses from a host configured with a static IP address.

permit (ARP access-list configuration)

Permits an ARP packet based on matches against the DHCP bindings.

show authentication

Use the show authentication EXEC command to display information about authentication manager events on the switch.

show authentication {interface interface-id | registrations | sessions [session-id session-id] [handle handle] [interface interface-id] [mac mac] [method method] | statistics [summary]}

 
Syntax Description

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display all of the authentication manager details for the specified interface.

method method

(Optional) Displays all clients authorized by a specified authentication method (dot1x, mab, or webauth)

registrations

(Optional) Display authentication manager registrations

sessions

(Optional) Display detail of the current authentication manager sessions (for example, client devices). If you do not enter any optional specifiers, all current active sessions are displayed. You can enter the specifiers singly or in combination to display a specific session (or group of sessions).

session-id session-id

(Optional) Specify an authentication manager session.

handle handle

(Optional) Specify a range from 1 to 4294967295.

mac mac

(Optional) Display authentication manager information for a specified MAC address.

statistics

(Optional) Display authentication statistics in detail.

summary

(Optional) Display authentication statistics summary.

 
Command Default

This command has no default settings.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Table 1-2 describes the significant fields shown in the output of the show authentication command.

Note The possible values for the status of sessions are shown below. For a session in terminal state, Authz Success or Authz Failed is displayed along with No methods if no method has provided a result.

 

Table 1-2 show authentication Command Output

Field
Description

Idle

The session has been initialized and no methods have run yet.

Running

A method is running for this session.

No methods

No method has provided a result for this session.

Authc Success

A method has resulted in authentication success for this session.

Authc Failed

A method has resulted in authentication fail for this session.

Authz Success

All features have been successfully applied for this session.

Authz Failed

A feature has failed to be applied for this session.

Table 1-3 lists the possible values for the state of methods. For a session in a terminal state, Authc Success, Authc Failed, or Failed over are displayed. Failed over means that an authentication method ran and then failed over to the next method, which did not provide a result. Not run appears for sessions that synchronized on standby.

 

Table 1-3 State Method Values
Method State
State Level
Description

Not run

Terminal

The method has not run for this session.

Running

Intermediate

The method is running for this session.

Failed over

Terminal

The method has failed and the next method is expected to provide a result.

Authc Success

Terminal

The method has provided a successful authentication result for the session.

Authc Failed

Terminal

The method has provided a failed authentication result for the session.

Examples

This is an example the show authentication registrations command:

Switch# show authentication registrations
Auth Methods registered with the Auth Manager:
Handle Priority Name
3 0 dot1x
2 1 mab
1 2 webauth
 

The is an example of the show authentication interface interface-id command:

Switch# show authentication interface gigabitethernet0/23
Client list:
MAC Address Domain Status Handle Interface
000e.84af.59bd DATA Authz Success 0xE0000000 GigabitEthernet0/23
Available methods list:
Handle Priority Name
3 0 dot1x
Runnable methods list:
Handle Priority Name
3 0 dot1x
 

This is an example of the show authentication sessions command:

Switch# show authentication sessions
Interface MAC Address Method Domain Status Session ID
Gi3/45 (unknown) N/A DATA Authz Failed 0908140400000007003651EC
Gi3/46 (unknown) N/A DATA Authz Success 09081404000000080057C274
 

This is an example of the show authentication sessions command for a specified interface:

Switch# show authentication sessions int gigabitethernet 0/46
Interface: GigabitEthernet0/46
MAC Address: Unknown
IP Address: Unknown
Status: Authz Success
Domain: DATA
Oper host mode: multi-host
Oper control dir: both
Authorized By: Guest Vlan
Vlan Policy: 4094
Session timeout: N/A
Idle timeout: N/A
Common Session ID: 09081404000000080057C274
Acct Session ID: 0x0000000A
Handle: 0xCC000008
Runnable methods list:
Method State
dot1x Failed over
 

This is an example of the show authentication sessions command for a specified MAC address:

Switch# show authentication sessions mac 000e.84af.59bd
Interface: GigabitEthernet0/46
MAC Address: 000e.84af.59bd
Status: Authz Success
Domain: DATA
Oper host mode: single-host
Authorized By: Authentication Server
Vlan Policy: 10
Handle: 0xE0000000
Runnable methods list:
Method State
dot1x Authc Success
 

This is an example of the show authentication session method command for a specified method:

Switch# show authentication sessions method mab
No Auth Manager contexts match supplied criteria
Switch# show authentication sessions method dot1x
MAC Address Domain Status Handle Interface
000e.84af.59bd DATA Authz Success 0xE0000000 GigabitEthernet1/23

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

authentication control-direction

Configures the port mode as unidirectional or bidirectional.

authentication event

Sets the action for specific authentication events.

authentication fallback

Configures a port to use web authentication as a fallback method for clients that do not support IEEE 802.1x authentication.

authentication host-mode

Sets the authorization manager mode on a port.

authentication open

Enables or disables open access on a port.

authentication order

Sets the order of authentication methods used on a port.

authentication periodic

Enables or disables reauthentication on a port.

authentication port-control

Enables manual control of the port authorization state.

authentication priority

Adds an authentication method to the port-priority list.

authentication timer

Configures the timeout and reauthentication parameters for an 802.1x-enabled port.

show auto qos

To display the quality of service (QoS) commands entered on the interfaces on which automatic QoS (auto-QoS) is enabled, use the show auto qos command in EXEC mode.

show auto qos [ interface [ interface-id ]]

 
Syntax Description

interface [ interface-id ]

(Optional) Display auto-QoS information for the specified port or for all ports. Valid interfaces include physical ports.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(40)SE

The information in the command output changed.

 
Usage Guidelines

The show auto qos command output shows only the auto-QoS command entered on each interface. The show auto qos interface interface-id command output shows the auto-QoS command entered on a specific interface.

Use the show running-config privileged EXEC command to display the auto-QoS configuration and the user modifications.

The show auto qos command output also shows the service policy information for the Cisco IP phone.

To display information about the QoS configuration that might be affected by auto-QoS, use one of these commands:

  • show mls qos
  • show mls qos maps cos-dscp
  • show mls qos interface [ interface-id ] [ buffers | queueing ]
  • show mls qos maps [ cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q | dscp-output-q ]
  • show mls qos input-queue
  • show running-config

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show auto qos command after the auto qos voip cisco-phone and the auto qos voip cisco-softphone interface configuration commands are entered:

Switch# show auto qos
GigabitEthernet2/0/4
auto qos voip cisco-softphone
 
GigabitEthernet2/0/5
auto qos voip cisco-phone
 
GigabitEthernet2/0/6
auto qos voip cisco-phone
 

This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when the auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:

 
Switch# show auto qos interface gigabitethernet 2/0/5
GigabitEthernet2/0/5
auto qos voip cisco-phone
 

This is an example of output from the show running-config privileged EXEC command when the auto qos voip cisco-phone and the auto qos voip cisco-softphone interface configuration commands are entered:

Switch# show running-config
Building configuration...
...
mls qos map policed-dscp 24 26 46 to 0
mls qos map cos-dscp 0 8 16 26 32 46 48 56
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 90 10
mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 8 16
mls qos srr-queue input threshold 2 34 66
mls qos srr-queue input buffers 67 33
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 2 1
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 0
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 1 2
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 2 4 6 7
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 5
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 32
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 48
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 5
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 6 7
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 3 threshold 3 2 4
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 2 1
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 3 0
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 1 8
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 1 100 100 100 100
mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 2 75 75 75 250
mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 3 75 150 100 300
mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 4 50 100 75 400
mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 1 100 100 100 100
mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 2 35 35 35 35
mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 3 55 82 100 182
mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 4 90 250 100 400
mls qos queue-set output 1 buffers 15 20 20 45
mls qos queue-set output 2 buffers 24 20 26 30
mls qos
...
!
class-map match-all AutoQoS-VoIP-RTP-Trust
match ip dscp ef
class-map match-all AutoQoS-VoIP-Control-Trust
match ip dscp cs3 af31
!
policy-map AutoQoS-Police-SoftPhone
class AutoQoS-VoIP-RTP-Trust
set dscp ef
police 320000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
class AutoQoS-VoIP-Control-Trust
set dscp cs3
police 32000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
!
policy-map AutoQoS-Police-CiscoPhone
class AutoQoS-VoIP-RTP-Trust
set dscp ef
police 320000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
class AutoQoS-VoIP-Control-Trust
set dscp cs3
police 32000 8000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
...
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/4
switchport mode access
switchport port-security maximum 400
service-policy input AutoQoS-Police-SoftPhone
speed 100
duplex half
srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
priority-queue out
auto qos voip cisco-softphone
!
interface GigabitEthernet2/0/5
switchport mode access
switchport port-security maximum 1999
speed 100
duplex full
srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
priority-queue out
mls qos trust device cisco-phone
mls qos trust cos
auto qos voip cisco-phone
!
interface GigabitEthernet2/0/6
switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
switchport trunk native vlan 2
switchport mode access
speed 10
srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
priority-queue out
mls qos trust device cisco-phone
mls qos trust cos
auto qos voip cisco-phone
!
interface GigabitEthernet4/0/1
srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
priority-queue out
mls qos trust device cisco-phone
mls qos trust cos
mls qos trust device cisco-phone
service-policy input AutoQoS-Police-CiscoPhone
 
<output truncated>

This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when the auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:

Switch# show auto qos interface fastethernet0/2
FastEthernet0/2
auto qos voip cisco-softphone
 

This is an example of output from the show auto qos command when auto-QoS is disabled on the switch:

Switch# show auto qos
AutoQoS not enabled on any interface
 

This is an example of output from the show auto qos i nterface interface-id command when auto-QoS is disabled on an interface:

Switch# show auto qos interface gigabitethernet3/0/1
AutoQoS is disabled

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

auto qos voip

Automatically configures QoS for VoIP within a QoS domain.

debug auto qos

Enables debugging of the auto-QoS feature.

show boot

Use the show boot privileged EXEC command to display the settings of the boot environment variables.

show boot

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show boot command. Table 1-4 describes each field in the display.

Switch# show boot
BOOT path-list :flash:/image
Config file :flash:/config.text
Private Config file :flash:/private-config.text
Enable Break :no
Manual Boot :yes
HELPER path-list :
Auto upgrade :yes
-------------------
 

For switch stacks, information is shown for each switch in the stack.

Only Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image support switch stacks.

 

Table 1-4 show boot Field Descriptions
Field
Description

BOOT path-list

Displays a semicolon separated list of executable files to try to load and execute when automatically booting up.

If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the system attempts to load and execute the first executable image it can find by using a recursive, depth-first search through the flash file system. In a depth-first search of a directory, each encountered subdirectory is completely searched before continuing the search in the original directory.

If the BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be loaded, the system attempts to boot up with the first bootable file that it can find in the flash file system.

Config file

Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.

Private Config file

Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.

Enable Break

Displays whether a break during booting up is enabled or disabled. If it is set to yes, on, or 1, you can interrupt the automatic bootup process by pressing the Break key on the console after the flash file system is initialized.

Manual Boot

Displays whether the switch automatically or manually boots up. If it is set to no or 0, the bootloader attempts to automatically boot up the system. If it is set to anything else, you must manually boot up the switch from the bootloader mode.

Helper path-list

Displays a semicolon separated list of loadable files to dynamically load during the bootloader initialization. Helper files extend or patch the functionality of the bootloader.

Auto upgrade

Displays whether the switch stack is set to automatically copy its software version to an incompatible switch so that it can join the stack.

A switch in version-mismatch mode is a switch that has a different stack protocol version than the version on the stack. Switches in version-mismatch mode cannot join the stack. If the stack has an image that can be copied to a switch in version-mismatch mode, and if the boot auto-copy-sw feature is enabled, the stack automatically copies the image from another stack member to the switch in version-mismatch mode. The switch then exits version-mismatch mode, reboots, and joins the stack.

NVRAM/Config file buffer size

Displays the buffer size that Cisco IOS uses to hold a copy of the configuration file in memory. The configuration file cannot be larger than the buffer size allocation.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

boot auto-copy-sw

Enables the automatic upgrade (auto-upgrade) process to automatically upgrade a switch in version-mismatch mode.

boot config-file

Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.

boot enable-break

Enables interrupting the automatic boot process.

boot manual

Enables manually booting up the switch during the next bootup cycle.

boot private-config-file

Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the private configuration.

boot system

Specifies the Cisco IOS image to load during the next bootup cycle.

show cable-diagnostics tdr

Use the show cable-diagnostics tdr privileged EXEC command to display the Time Domain Reflector (TDR) results.

show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

Specify the interface on which TDR was run.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

TDR is supported only on 10/100 and 10/100/1000 copper Ethernet ports. It is not supported on SFP module ports. For more information about TDR, see the software configuration guide for this release.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command:

Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
TDR test last run on: March 01 20:15:40
Interface Speed Local pair Pair length Remote pair Pair status
--------- ----- ---------- ------------------ ----------- --------------------
Gi1/0/2 auto Pair A 0 +/- 2 meters N/A Open
Pair B 0 +/- 2 meters N/A Open
Pair C 0 +/- 2 meters N/A Open
Pair D 0 +/- 2 meters N/A Open
 

Table 1-5 lists the descriptions of the fields in the show cable-diagnostics tdr command output.

 

Table 1-5 Fields Descriptions for the show cable-diagnostics tdr Command Output

Field
Description

Interface

Interface on which TDR was run.

Speed

Speed of connection.

Local pair

Name of the pair of wires that TDR is testing on the local interface.

Pair length

Location on the cable where the problem is, with respect to your switch. TDR can only find the location in one of these cases:

  • The cable is properly connected, the link is up, and the interface speed is 1000 Mb/s.
  • The cable is open.
  • The cable has a short.

Remote pair

Name of the pair of wires to which the local pair is connected. TDR can learn about the remote pair only when the cable is properly connected and the link is up.

Pair status

The status of the pair of wires on which TDR is running:

  • Normal—The pair of wires is properly connected.
  • Not completed—The test is running and is not completed.
  • Not supported—The interface does not support TDR.
  • Open—The pair of wires is open.
  • Shorted—The pair of wires is shorted.
  • ImpedanceMis—The impedance is mismatched.
  • Short/Impedance Mismatched—The impedance mismatched or the cable is short.
  • InProgress—The diagnostic test is in progress

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id command when TDR is running:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/2
gigabitethernet0/2 is up, line protocol is up (connected: TDR in Progress)
 

This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command when TDR is not running:

Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet0/2
% TDR test was never issued on Gi1/0/2
 

If an interface does not support TDR, this message appears:

% TDR test is not supported on switch 1

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

test cable-diagnostics tdr

Enables and runs TDR on an interface.

show cisp

Use the show cisp privileged EXEC command to display CISP information for a specified interface.

show cisp { [ interface interface-id ] | clients | summary}

 
Syntax Description

clients

(Optional) Display CISP client details

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display CISP information about the specified interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

summary

(Optional) Display

expression

Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

 
Command Modes

Global configuration

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows output from the show cisp interface command:

WS-C3750E-48TD#show cisp interface fast 0
CISP not enabled on specified interface
 

This example shows output from the show cisp summary command:

CISP is not running on any interface

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

dot1x credentials profile

Configure a profile on a supplicant switch

cisp enable

Enable Client Information Signalling Protocol (CISP)

show class-map

Use the show class-map EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) class maps, which define the match criteria to classify traffic.

show class-map [ class-map-name ]

 
Syntax Description

class-map-name

(Optional) Display the contents of the specified class map.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show class-map command:

Switch# show class-map
Class Map match-all videowizard_10-10-10-10 (id 2)
Match access-group name videowizard_10-10-10-10
 
Class Map match-any class-default (id 0)
Match any
Class Map match-all dscp5 (id 3)
Match ip dscp 5

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

class-map

Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name you specify.

match (class-map configuration)

Defines the match criteria to classify traffic.

show cluster

Use the show cluster EXEC command to display the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch belongs. This command can be entered on the cluster command switch and cluster member switches.

show cluster

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you enter this command on a switch that is not a cluster member, the error message Not a management cluster member appears.

On a cluster member switch, this command displays the identity of the cluster command switch, the switch member number, and the state of its connectivity with the cluster command switch.

On a cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch, this command displays the cluster name and the total number of members. It also shows the cluster status and time since the status changed. If redundancy is enabled, it displays the primary and secondary command-switch information.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches.

Examples

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on the cluster command switch:

Switch# show cluster
Command switch for cluster “Ajang”
Total number of members: 7
Status: 1 members are unreachable
Time since last status change: 0 days, 0 hours, 2 minutes
Redundancy: Enabled
Standby command switch: Member 1
Standby Group: Ajang_standby
Standby Group Number: 110
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
Extended discovery hop count: 3
 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch:

Switch1> show cluster
Member switch for cluster “hapuna”
Member number: 3
Management IP address: 192.192.192.192
Command switch mac address: 0000.0c07.ac14
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch that is configured as the standby cluster command switch:

Switch# show cluster
Member switch for cluster “hapuna”
Member number: 3 (Standby command switch)
Management IP address: 192.192.192.192
Command switch mac address: 0000.0c07.ac14
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on the cluster command switch that has lost connectivity with member 1:

Switch# show cluster
Command switch for cluster “Ajang”
Total number of members: 7
Status: 1 members are unreachable
Time since last status change: 0 days, 0 hours, 5 minutes
Redundancy: Disabled
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
Extended discovery hop count: 3
 

This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch that has lost connectivity with the cluster command switch:

Switch# show cluster
Member switch for cluster “hapuna”
Member number: <UNKNOWN>
Management IP address: 192.192.192.192
Command switch mac address: 0000.0c07.ac14
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

cluster enable

Enables a command-capable switch as the cluster command switch, assigns a cluster name, and optionally assigns a member number to it.

show cluster candidates

Displays a list of candidate switches.

show cluster members

Displays information about the cluster members.

show cluster candidates

Use the show cluster candidates EXEC command to display a list of candidate switches.

show cluster candidates [ detail | mac-address H.H.H. ]

 
Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Display detailed information for all candidates.

mac-address H.H.H.

(Optional) MAC address of the cluster candidate.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

If the switch is not a cluster command switch, the command displays an empty line at the prompt.

The SN in the display means switch member number. If E appears in the SN column, it means that the switch is discovered through extended discovery. If E does not appear in the SN column, it means that the switch member number is the upstream neighbor of the candidate switch. The hop count is the number of devices the candidate is from the cluster command switch.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command:

Switch# show cluster candidates
MAC Address Name Device Type PortIf FEC Hops SN PortIf FEC
00d0.7961.c4c0 StLouis-2 WS-C2960-12T Gi0/1 2 1 Fa0/11
00d0.bbf5.e900 ldf-dist-128 WS-C3524-XL Fa0/7 1 0 Fa0/24
00e0.1e7e.be80 1900_Switch 1900 3 0 1 0 Fa0/11
00e0.1e9f.7a00 Surfers-24 WS-C2924-XL Fa0/5 1 0 Fa0/3
00e0.1e9f.8c00 Surfers-12-2 WS-C2912-XL Fa0/4 1 0 Fa0/7
00e0.1e9f.8c40 Surfers-12-1 WS-C2912-XL Fa0/1 1 0 Fa0/9
 

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command that uses the MAC address of a cluster member switch directly connected to the cluster command switch:

Switch# show cluster candidates mac-address 00d0.7961.c4c0
Device 'Tahiti-12' with mac address number 00d0.7961.c4c0
Device type: cisco WS-C2960-12T
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 0)
Local port: Gi0/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: GI0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 1
 

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command that uses the MAC address of a cluster member switch three hops from the cluster edge:

Switch# show cluster candidates mac-address 0010.7bb6.1cc0
Device 'Ventura' with mac address number 0010.7bb6.1cc0
Device type: cisco WS-C2912MF-XL
Upstream MAC address: 0010.7bb6.1cd4
Local port: Fa2/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/24 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 3
Hops from command device: -
 

This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates detail command:

Switch# show cluster candidates detail
Device 'Tahiti-12' with mac address number 00d0.7961.c4c0
Device type: cisco WS-C3512-XL
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 1)
Local port: Fa0/3 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/13 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 2
Device '1900_Switch' with mac address number 00e0.1e7e.be80
Device type: cisco 1900
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 2)
Local port: 3 FEC number: 0
Upstream port: Fa0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'Surfers-24' with mac address number 00e0.1e9f.7a00
Device type: cisco WS-C2924-XL
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 3)
Local port: Fa0/5 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/3 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 2

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show cluster

Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch belongs.

show cluster members

Displays information about the cluster members.

show cluster members

Use the show cluster members privileged EXEC command to display information about the cluster members.

show cluster members [ n | detail ]

 
Syntax Description

n

(Optional) Number that identifies a cluster member. The range is 0 to 15.

detail

(Optional) Display detailed information for all cluster members.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

If the cluster has no members, this command displays an empty line at the prompt.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show cluster members command. The SN in the display means switch number.

Switch# show cluster members
|---Upstream---|
SN MAC Address Name PortIf FEC Hops SN PortIf FEC State
0 0002.4b29.2e00 StLouis1 0 Up (Cmdr)
1 0030.946c.d740 tal-switch-1 Fa0/13 1 0 Gi0/1 Up
2 0002.b922.7180 nms-2820 10 0 2 1 Fa0/18 Up
3 0002.4b29.4400 SanJuan2 Gi0/1 2 1 Fa0/11 Up
4 0002.4b28.c480 GenieTest Gi0/2 2 1 Fa0/9 Up
 

This is an example of output from the show cluster members for cluster member 3:

Switch# show cluster members 3
Device 'SanJuan2' with member number 3
Device type: cisco WS-C2960
MAC address: 0002.4b29.4400
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: Gi0/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: GI0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
 

This is an example of output from the show cluster members detail command:

Switch# show cluster members detail
Device 'StLouis1' with member number 0 (Command Switch)
Device type: cisco WS-C2960
MAC address: 0002.4b29.2e00
Upstream MAC address:
Local port: FEC number:
Upstream port: FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 0
Device 'tal-switch-14' with member number 1
Device type: cisco WS-C3548-XL
MAC address: 0030.946c.d740
Upstream MAC address: 0002.4b29.2e00 (Cluster member 0)
Local port: Fa0/13 FEC number:
Upstream port: Gi0/1 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 1
Device 'nms-2820' with member number 2
Device type: cisco 2820
MAC address: 0002.b922.7180
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: 10 FEC number: 0
Upstream port: Fa0/18 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'SanJuan2' with member number 3
Device type: cisco WS-C2960
MAC address: 0002.4b29.4400
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: Gi0/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'GenieTest' with member number 4
Device type: cisco SeaHorse
MAC address: 0002.4b28.c480
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: Gi0/2 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/9 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'Palpatine' with member number 5
Device type: cisco WS-C2924M-XL
MAC address: 00b0.6404.f8c0
Upstream MAC address: 0002.4b29.2e00 (Cluster member 0)
Local port: Gi2/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: Gi0/7 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 1

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show cluster

Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch belongs.

show cluster candidates

Displays a list of candidate switches.

show controllers cpu-interface

Use the show controllers cpu-interface privileged EXEC command to display the state of the CPU network interface ASIC and the send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.

show controllers cpu-interface

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Examples

This is a partial output example from the show controllers cpu-interface command:

Switch# show controllers cpu-interface
cpu-queue-frames retrieved dropped invalid hol-block
----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
rpc 4523063 0 0 0
stp 1545035 0 0 0
ipc 1903047 0 0 0
routing protocol 96145 0 0 0
L2 protocol 79596 0 0 0
remote console 0 0 0 0
sw forwarding 5756 0 0 0
host 225646 0 0 0
broadcast 46472 0 0 0
cbt-to-spt 0 0 0 0
igmp snooping 68411 0 0 0
icmp 0 0 0 0
logging 0 0 0 0
rpf-fail 0 0 0 0
queue14 0 0 0 0
cpu heartbeat 1710501 0 0 0
 
Supervisor ASIC receive-queue parameters
----------------------------------------
queue 0 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1419A20 paktail 13EAED4
queue 1 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 15828E0 paktail 157FBFC
queue 2 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1470D40 paktail 1470FE4
queue 3 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 19CDDD0 paktail 19D02C8
 
<output truncated>
 
Supervisor ASIC Mic Registers
------------------------------
MicDirectPollInfo 80000800
MicIndicationsReceived 00000000
MicInterruptsReceived 00000000
MicPcsInfo 0001001F
MicPlbMasterConfiguration 00000000
MicRxFifosAvailable 00000000
MicRxFifosReady 0000BFFF
MicTimeOutPeriod: FrameTOPeriod: 00000EA6 DirectTOPeriod: 00004000
 
<output truncated>
 
MicTransmitFifoInfo:
Fifo0: StartPtrs: 038C2800 ReadPtr: 038C2C38
WritePtrs: 038C2C38 Fifo_Flag: 8A800800
Weights: 001E001E
Fifo1: StartPtr: 03A9BC00 ReadPtr: 03A9BC60
WritePtrs: 03A9BC60 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
writeHeaderPtr: 03A9BC60
Fifo2: StartPtr: 038C8800 ReadPtr: 038C88E0
WritePtrs: 038C88E0 Fifo_Flag: 88800200
writeHeaderPtr: 038C88E0
Fifo3: StartPtr: 03C30400 ReadPtr: 03C30638
WritePtrs: 03C30638 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
writeHeaderPtr: 03C30638
Fifo4: StartPtr: 03AD5000 ReadPtr: 03AD50A0
WritePtrs: 03AD50A0 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
writeHeaderPtr: 03AD50A0
Fifo5: StartPtr: 03A7A600 ReadPtr: 03A7A600
WritePtrs: 03A7A600 Fifo_Flag: 88800200
writeHeaderPtr: 03A7A600
Fifo6: StartPtr: 03BF8400 ReadPtr: 03BF87F0
WritePtrs: 03BF87F0 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
 
<output truncated>

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show controllers ethernet-controller

Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or the interface internal registers.

show interfaces

Displays the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a specified interface.

show controllers ethernet-controller

Use the show controllers ethernet-controller privileged EXEC command without keywords to display per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware. Use with the phy keyword to display the interface internal registers or the port-asic keyword to display information about the port ASIC.

show controllers ethernet-controller [ interface-id ] [ phy [ detail ]] [ port-asic { configuration | statistics }] [ fastethernet 0 ]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

The physical interface (including type, stack member, module, and port number).

phy

(Optional) Display the status of the internal registers on the switch physical layer device (PHY) for the device or the interface. This display includes the operational state of the automatic medium-dependent interface crossover (auto-MDIX) feature on an interface.

detail

(Optional) Display details about the PHY internal registers.

port-asic

(Optional) Display information about the port ASIC internal registers.

configuration

Display port ASIC internal register configuration.

statistics

Display port ASIC statistics, including the Rx/Sup Queue and miscellaneous statistics.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC (only supported with the interface-id keywords in user EXEC mode)

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

This display without keywords provides traffic statistics, basically the RMON statistics for all interfaces or for the specified interface.

When you enter the phy or port-asic keywords, the displayed information is useful primarily for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller command for an interface. Table 1-6 lists the Transmit fields, and Table 1-7 lists the Receive fields.

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet6/0/1
Transmit GigabitEthernet6/0/1 Receive
0 Bytes 0 Bytes
0 Unicast frames 0 Unicast frames
0 Multicast frames 0 Multicast frames
0 Broadcast frames 0 Broadcast frames
0 Too old frames 0 Unicast bytes
0 Deferred frames 0 Multicast bytes
0 MTU exceeded frames 0 Broadcast bytes
0 1 collision frames 0 Alignment errors
0 2 collision frames 0 FCS errors
0 3 collision frames 0 Oversize frames
0 4 collision frames 0 Undersize frames
0 5 collision frames 0 Collision fragments
0 6 collision frames
0 7 collision frames 0 Minimum size frames
0 8 collision frames 0 65 to 127 byte frames
0 9 collision frames 0 128 to 255 byte frames
0 10 collision frames 0 256 to 511 byte frames
0 11 collision frames 0 512 to 1023 byte frames
0 12 collision frames 0 1024 to 1518 byte frames
0 13 collision frames 0 Overrun frames
0 14 collision frames 0 Pause frames
0 15 collision frames 0 Symbol error frames
0 Excessive collisions
0 Late collisions 0 Invalid frames, too large
0 VLAN discard frames 0 Valid frames, too large
0 Excess defer frames 0 Invalid frames, too small
0 64 byte frames 0 Valid frames, too small
0 127 byte frames
0 255 byte frames 0 Too old frames
0 511 byte frames 0 Valid oversize frames
0 1023 byte frames 0 System FCS error frames
0 1518 byte frames 0 RxPortFifoFull drop frame
0 Too large frames
0 Good (1 coll) frames
 

 

Table 1-6 Transmit Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Bytes

The total number of bytes sent on an interface.

Unicast Frames

The total number of frames sent to unicast addresses.

Multicast frames

The total number of frames sent to multicast addresses.

Broadcast frames

The total number of frames sent to broadcast addresses.

Too old frames

The number of frames dropped on the egress port because the packet aged out.

Deferred frames

The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds 2*maximum-packet time.

MTU exceeded frames

The number of frames that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

1 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs.

2 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after two collisions occur.

3 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after three collisions occur.

4 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after four collisions occur.

5 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after five collisions occur.

6 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after six collisions occur.

7 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after seven collisions occur.

8 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after eight collisions occur.

9 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after nine collisions occur.

10 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after ten collisions occur.

11 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 11 collisions occur.

12 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 12 collisions occur.

13 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 13 collisions occur.

14 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 14 collisions occur.

15 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 15 collisions occur.

Excessive collisions

The number of frames that could not be sent on an interface after 16 collisions occur.

Late collisions

After a frame is sent, the number of frames dropped because late collisions were detected while the frame was sent.

VLAN discard frames

The number of frames dropped on an interface because the CFI1 bit is set.

Excess defer frames

The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds the maximum-packet time.

64 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are 64 bytes.

127 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 65 to 127 bytes.

255 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 128 to 255 bytes.

511 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 256 to 511 bytes.

1023 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.

1518 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.

Too large frames

The number of frames sent on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

Good (1 coll) frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs. This value does not include the number of frames that are not successfully sent after one collision occurs.

1.CFI = Canonical Format Indicator

 

Table 1-7 Receive Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Unicast frames

The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to unicast addresses.

Multicast frames

The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to multicast addresses.

Broadcast frames

The total number of frames successfully received on an interface that are directed to broadcast addresses.

Unicast bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by unicast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Multicast bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by multicast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Broadcast bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by broadcast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Alignment errors

The total number of frames received on an interface that have alignment errors.

FCS errors

The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but do not have the correct FCS values.

Oversize frames

The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

Undersize frames

The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes.

Collision fragments

The number of collision fragments received on an interface.

Minimum size frames

The total number of frames that are the minimum frame size.

65 to 127 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 65 to 127 bytes.

128 to 255 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 128 to 255 bytes.

256 to 511 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 256 to 511 bytes.

512 to 1023 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.

1024 to 1518 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.

Overrun frames

The total number of overrun frames received on an interface.

Pause frames

The number of pause frames received on an interface.

Symbol error frames

The number of frames received on an interface that have symbol errors.

Invalid frames, too large

The number of frames received that were larger than maximum allowed MTU size (including the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.

Valid frames, too large

The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

Invalid frames, too small

The number of frames received that are smaller than 64 bytes (including the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.

Valid frames, too small

The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes (or 68 bytes for VLAN-tagged frames) and that have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS bits but excludes the frame header bits.

Too old frames

The number of frames dropped on the ingress port because the packet aged out.

Valid oversize frames

The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size and have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS value but does not include the VLAN tag.

System FCS error frames

The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but that do not have the correct FCS values.

RxPortFifoFull drop frames

The total number of frames received on an interface that are dropped because the ingress queue is full.

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller phy command for a specific interface:

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet0/2 phy
GigabitEthernet1/0/2 (gpn: 2, port-number: 2)
-----------------------------------------------------------
============================================================
Port Conf-Media Active-Media Attached
------- ------------ ------------ --------------------------
Gi1/0/1 auto-select none 0 -Not Present
Gi1/0/2 auto-select none 0 -Not Present
============================================================
Other Information
-------------------------------------------------------
Port asic num : 0
Port asic port num : 1
XCVR init completed : 0
Embedded PHY : not present
SFP presence index : 0
SFP iter cnt : 2564163d
SFP failed oper flag : 0x00000000
IIC error cnt : 0
IIC error dsb cnt : 0
IIC max sts cnt : 0
Chk for link status : 1
Link Status : 0
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration command:

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration
========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 0 Registers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DeviceType : 000101BC
Reset : 00000000
PmadMicConfig : 00000001
PmadMicDiag : 00000003
SupervisorReceiveFifoSramInfo : 000007D0 000007D0 40000000
SupervisorTransmitFifoSramInfo : 000001D0 000001D0 40000000
GlobalStatus : 00000800
IndicationStatus : 00000000
IndicationStatusMask : FFFFFFFF
InterruptStatus : 00000000
InterruptStatusMask : 01FFE800
SupervisorDiag : 00000000
SupervisorFrameSizeLimit : 000007C8
SupervisorBroadcast : 000A0F01
GeneralIO : 000003F9 00000000 00000004
StackPcsInfo : FFFF1000 860329BD 5555FFFF FFFFFFFF
FF0FFF00 86020000 5555FFFF 00000000
StackRacInfo : 73001630 00000003 7F001644 00000003
24140003 FD632B00 18E418E0 FFFFFFFF
StackControlStatus : 18E418E0
stackControlStatusMask : FFFFFFFF
TransmitBufferFreeListInfo : 00000854 00000800 00000FF8 00000000
0000088A 0000085D 00000FF8 00000000
TransmitRingFifoInfo : 00000016 00000016 40000000 00000000
0000000C 0000000C 40000000 00000000
TransmitBufferInfo : 00012000 00000FFF 00000000 00000030
TransmitBufferCommonCount : 00000F7A
TransmitBufferCommonCountPeak : 0000001E
TransmitBufferCommonCommonEmpty : 000000FF
NetworkActivity : 00000000 00000000 00000000 02400000
DroppedStatistics : 00000000
FrameLengthDeltaSelect : 00000001
SneakPortFifoInfo : 00000000
MacInfo : 0EC0801C 00000001 0EC0801B 00000001
00C0001D 00000001 00C0001E 00000001
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics command:

Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics
===========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 0 Statistics
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
4118966 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
 
0 RxQ-1, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-1, wt-0 drop frames
296 RxQ-1, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-1, wt-1 drop frames
2836036 RxQ-1, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-1, wt-2 drop frames
 
0 RxQ-2, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-2, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-2, wt-1 drop frames
158377 RxQ-2, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-2, wt-2 drop frames
 
0 RxQ-3, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-3, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-3, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-3, wt-2 drop frames
 
 
15 TxBufferFull Drop Count 0 Rx Fcs Error Frames
0 TxBufferFrameDesc BadCrc16 0 Rx Invalid Oversize Frames
0 TxBuffer Bandwidth Drop Cou 0 Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
0 TxQueue Bandwidth Drop Coun 0 Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
0 TxQueue Missed Drop Statist 0 Rx Invalid Too Small Frames
74 RxBuffer Drop DestIndex Cou 0 Rx Too Old Frames
0 SneakQueue Drop Count 0 Tx Too Old Frames
0 Learning Queue Overflow Fra 0 System Fcs Error Frames
0 Learning Cam Skip Count
 
15 Sup Queue 0 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 8 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 1 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 9 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 2 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 10 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 3 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 11 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 4 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 12 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 5 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 13 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 6 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 14 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 7 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 15 Drop Frames
===========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 1 Statistics
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
52 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
 
<output truncated>
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show controllers cpu-interface

Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.

show controllers tcam

Displays the state of registers for all ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) in the system and for TCAM interface ASICs that are CAM controllers.

show controllers ethernet-controller stack port

To display stack port counters (or per-interface and per-stack port send and receive statistics from the hardware, use the show controllers ethernet-controller stack port privileged EXEC command.

show controllers ethernet-controller stackport [ stack-port-number ]

 
Syntax Description

stack-port-number

The stack port number of the interface. The range is from 1 to 2. If no stack port number is provided, information for both stack ports appears.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(53)SE1

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

To display stack port information for both stack ports on the specified interface, enter the show controllers ethernet-controller stackport privileged EXEC command without specifying a stack port number. Use this command to display the counters on various packet types sent on the stack port. To clear stack port and Ethernet counters, enter the clear controllers ethernet-controllers privileged EXEC command.

Note This command is supported only on the Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller stackport command for stack port 1. Table 1-6 lists the Transmit FastEthernet0 fields, and Table 1-7 lists the Receive fields.

switch# show controllers ethernet-controller stack port 1
 
Transmit StackPort1 Receive
13226803644 Bytes 10704476071 Bytes
27647287 Unicast frames 20878836 Unicast frames
12728665 Multicast frames 10258136 Multicast frames
0 Broadcast frames 0 Broadcast frames
0 Too old frames 6287969588 Unicast bytes
0 Deferred frames 3233301547 Multicast bytes
0 MTU exceeded frames 0 Broadcast bytes
0 1 collision frames 0 Alignment errors
0 2 collision frames 0 FCS errors
0 3 collision frames 0 Oversize frames
0 4 collision frames 0 Undersize frames
0 5 collision frames 0 Collision fragments
0 6 collision frames
0 7 collision frames 0 Minimum size frames
0 8 collision frames 22103015 65 to 127 byte frames
0 9 collision frames 685 128 to 255 byte frames
0 10 collision frames 5778 256 to 511 byte frames
0 11 collision frames 5703871 512 to 1023 byte frames
0 12 collision frames 3323623 1024 to 1518 byte frames
0 13 collision frames 0 Overrun frames
0 14 collision frames 0 Pause frames
0 15 collision frames
0 Excessive collisions 0 Symbol error frames
0 Late collisions 0 Invalid frames, too large
0 VLAN discard frames 0 Valid frames, too large
0 Excess defer frames 0 Invalid frames, too small
0 64 byte frames 0 Valid frames, too small
30164543 127 byte frames
4302 255 byte frames 0 Too old frames
5814 511 byte frames 0 Valid oversize frames
5790695 1023 byte frames 0 System FCS error frames
4410598 1518 byte frames 0 RxPortFifoFull drop frame
0 Too large frames
0 Good (1 coll) frames
0 Good (>1 coll) frames

 

Table 1-8 Transmit FastEthernet and Stack Port Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Bytes

The total number of bytes sent on an interface.

Unicast Frames

The total number of frames sent to unicast addresses.

Multicast frames

The total number of frames sent to multicast addresses.

Broadcast frames

The total number of frames sent to broadcast addresses.

Too old frames

The number of frames dropped on the egress port because the packet aged out.

Deferred frames

The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds 2*maximum-packet time.

MTU exceeded frames

The number of frames that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

1 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs.

2 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after two collisions occur.

3 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after three collisions occur.

4 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after four collisions occur.

5 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after five collisions occur.

6 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after six collisions occur.

7 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after seven collisions occur.

8 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after eight collisions occur.

9 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after nine collisions occur.

10 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after ten collisions occur.

11 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 11 collisions occur.

12 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 12 collisions occur.

13 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 13 collisions occur.

14 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 14 collisions occur.

15 collision frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 15 collisions occur.

Excessive collisions

The number of frames that could not be sent on an interface after 16 collisions occur.

Late collisions

After a frame is sent, the number of frames dropped because late collisions were detected while the frame was sent.

VLAN discard frames

The number of frames dropped on an interface because the CFI bit is set.

Excess defer frames

The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds the maximum-packet time.

64 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are 64 bytes.

127 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 65 to 127 bytes.

255 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 128 to 255 bytes.

511 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 256 to 511 bytes.

1023 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.

1518 byte frames

The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.

Too large frames

The number of frames sent on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

Good (1 coll) frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs. This value does not include the number of frames that are not successfully sent after one collision occurs.

Good (>1 coll) frames

The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after more than one collision occurs. This value does not include the number of frames that are not successfully sent after one collision occurs.

 

Table 1-9 Receive Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Unicast frames

The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to unicast addresses.

Multicast frames

The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to multicast addresses.

Broadcast frames

The total number of frames successfully received on an interface that are directed to broadcast addresses.

Unicast bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by unicast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Multicast bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by multicast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Broadcast bytes

The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by broadcast frames received on an interface, including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.

Alignment errors

The total number of frames received on an interface that have alignment errors.

FCS errors

The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but do not have the correct FCS values.

Oversize frames

The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

Undersize frames

The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes.

Collision fragments

The number of collision fragments received on an interface.

Minimum size frames

The total number of frames that are the minimum frame size.

65 to 127 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 65 to 127 bytes.

128 to 255 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 128 to 255 bytes.

256 to 511 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 256 to 511 bytes.

512 to 1023 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.

1024 to 1518 byte frames

The total number of frames that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.

Overrun frames

The total number of overrun frames received on an interface.

Pause frames

The number of pause frames received on an interface.

Symbol error frames

The number of frames received on an interface that have symbol errors.

Invalid frames, too large

The number of frames received that were larger than maximum allowed MTU size (including the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.

Valid frames, too large

The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.

Invalid frames, too small

The number of frames received that are smaller than 64 bytes (including the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.

Valid frames, too small

The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes (or 68 bytes for VLAN-tagged frames) and that have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS bits but excludes the frame header bits.

Too old frames

The number of frames dropped on the ingress port because the packet aged out.

Valid oversize frames

The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size and have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS value but does not include the VLAN tag.

System FCS error frames

The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but that do not have the correct FCS values.

RxPortFifoFull drop frames

The total number of frames received on an interface that are dropped because the ingress queue is full.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear controllers ethernet-controllers

Clears the Ethernet controller and stack port counters.

show controllers ethernet-controller

Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware.

show controllers power inline

Use the show controllers power inline command in EXEC mode to display the values in the registers of the specified Power over Ethernet (PoE) controller.

show controllers power inline [ instance ] [ module switch-number ]

 
Syntax Description

instance

(Optional) Power controller instance, where each instance corresponds to four ports. See the “Usage Guidelines” section for more information. If no instance is specified, information for all instances appear.

module switch number

(Optional) Limit the display to ports on the specified stack member. The switch number is 1 to 4.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(44)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The instance range is 0 to 1. For instances other than 0 to 1, the switches provides no output.

Though visible on all switches, this command is valid only for PoE switches. It provides no information for switches that do not support PoE.

The output provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers power inline command on a Catalyst 2960 or 2960-S switch:

Switch# show controllers power inline
Alchemy instance 0, address 0
Pending event flag :N N N N N N N N N N N N
Current State :00 05 10 51 61 11
Current Event :00 01 00 10 40 00
Timers :00 C5 57 03 12 20 04 B2 05 06 07 07
Error State :00 00 00 00 10 00
Error Code :00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Power Status :N Y N N Y N N N N N N N
Auto Config :N Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Disconnect :N N N N N N N N N N N N
Detection Status :00 00 00 30 00 00
Current Class :00 00 00 30 00 00
Tweetie debug :00 00 00 00
POE Commands pending at sub:
Command 0 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00
Command 1 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00
Command 2 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00
Command 3 on each port :00 00 00 00 00 00

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

logging event power-inline-status

Enables the logging of PoE events.

power inline

Configures the power management mode for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.

show power inline

Displays the PoE status for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.

show controllers tcam

Use the show controllers tcam privileged EXEC command to display the state of the registers for all ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) in the system and for all TCAM interface ASICs that are CAM controllers.

show controllers tcam [ asic [ number ]] [ detail ]

 
Syntax Description

asic

(Optional) Display port ASIC TCAM information.

number

(Optional) Display information for the specified port ASIC number. The range is from 0 to 15.

detail

(Optional) Display detailed TCAM register information.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers tcam command:

Switch# show controllers tcam
------------------------------------------------------------------------
TCAM-0 Registers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
REV: 00B30103
SIZE: 00080040
ID: 00000000
CCR: 00000000_F0000020
 
RPID0: 00000000_00000000
RPID1: 00000000_00000000
RPID2: 00000000_00000000
RPID3: 00000000_00000000
 
HRR0: 00000000_E000CAFC
HRR1: 00000000_00000000
HRR2: 00000000_00000000
HRR3: 00000000_00000000
HRR4: 00000000_00000000
HRR5: 00000000_00000000
HRR6: 00000000_00000000
HRR7: 00000000_00000000
<output truncated>
 
GMR31: FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
GMR32: FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
GMR33: FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
 
=============================================================================
TCAM related PortASIC 1 registers
=============================================================================
LookupType: 89A1C67D_24E35F00
LastCamIndex: 0000FFE0
LocalNoMatch: 000069E0
ForwardingRamBaseAddress:
00022A00 0002FE00 00040600 0002FE00 0000D400
00000000 003FBA00 00009000 00009000 00040600
00000000 00012800 00012900

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show controllers cpu-interface

Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.

show controllers ethernet-controller

Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or the interface internal registers.

show controllers utilization

Use the show controllers utilization command in EXEC mode to display bandwidth utilization on the switch or specific ports.

show controllers [ interface-id ] utilization

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

(Optional) ID of the switch interface.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command.

Switch# show controllers utilization
Port Receive Utilization Transmit Utilization
Fa0/1 0 0
Fa0/2 0 0
Fa0/3 0
Fa0/4 0 0
Fa0/5 0 0
Fa0/6 0 0
Fa0/7 0 0
<output truncated>
 
<output truncated>
 
Switch Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Switch Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
 
Switch Fabric Percentage Utilization : 0
 

This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command on a specific port:

Switch# show controllers gigabitethernet1/0/1 utilization
Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
 

 

Table 1-10 show controllers utilization Field Descriptions
Field
Description

Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization

Displays the received bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the sum of the received traffic on all the ports divided by the switch receive capacity.

Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization

Displays the transmitted bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the sum of the transmitted traffic on all the ports divided it by the switch transmit capacity.

Fabric Percentage Utilization

Displays the average of the transmitted and received bandwidth usage of the switch.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show controllers ethernet-controller

Displays the interface internal registers.

show diagnostic

Use the show diagnostic command in EXEC mode to view the test results of the online diagnostics and to list the supported test suites.

show diagnostic content switch [ num | all ]

show diagnostic post

show diagnostic result switch [ num | all ] [ detail | test { test-id | test-id-range | all } [ detail ]]

show diagnostic schedule switch [ num | all ]

show diagnostic status

show diagnostic switch [ num | all ] [ detail ]

 
Syntax Description

content

Display test information including test ID, test attributes, and supported coverage test levels for each test and for all modules.

switch num

Specify the switch number. The range is from 1 to 4.

switch all

Specify all of the switches in the switch stack.

post

Display the power-on self-test (POST) results; the command output is the same as the show post command.

result

Displays the test results.

detail

(Optional) Displays the all test statistics.

test

Specify a test.

test-id

Identification number for the test; see the “Usage Guidelines” section for additional information.

test-id-range

Range of identification numbers for tests; see the “Usage Guidelines” section for additional information.

all

All the tests.

schedule

Displays the current scheduled diagnostic tasks.

status

Displays the test status.

 
Defaults

This command has no default settings.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(53)SE1

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you do not enter a switch num, information for all switches is displayed.

In the command output, the possible testing results are as follows:

  • Passed (.)
  • Failed (F)
  • Unknown (U)

Note This command is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

Examples

This example shows how to display the online diagnostics that are configured on a switch:

Switch# show diagnostic content switch 3
 
Switch 3:
Diagnostics test suite attributes:
B/* - Basic ondemand test / NA
P/V/* - Per port test / Per device test / NA
D/N/* - Disruptive test / Non-disruptive test / NA
S/* - Only applicable to standby unit / NA
X/* - Not a health monitoring test / NA
F/* - Fixed monitoring interval test / NA
E/* - Always enabled monitoring test / NA
A/I - Monitoring is active / Monitoring is inactive
R/* - Switch will reload after test list completion / NA
P/* - will partition stack / NA
Test Interval Thre-
ID Test Name attributes day hh:mm:ss.ms shold
==== ================================== ============ =============== =====
1) TestPortAsicStackPortLoopback B*N****A** 000 00:01:00.00 n/a
2) TestPortAsicLoopback B*D*X**IR* not configured n/a
3) TestPortAsicCam B*D*X**IR* not configured n/a
4) TestPortAsicRingLoopback B*D*X**IR* not configured n/a
5) TestMicRingLoopback B*D*X**IR* not configured n/a
6) TestPortAsicMem B*D*X**IR* not configured n/a
 

This example shows how to display the online diagnostic results for a switch:

Switch# show diagnostic result switch 1
Switch 1: SerialNo :
Overall diagnostic result: PASS
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
1) TestPortAsicStackPortLoopback --->.
2) TestPortAsicLoopback ------------>.
3) TestPortAsicCam ----------------->.
4) TestPortAsicRingLoopback -------->.
5) TestMicRingLoopback ------------->.
6) TestPortAsicMem ----------------->.
 

This example shows how to display the online diagnostic test status:

Switch# show diagnostic status
<BU> - Bootup Diagnostics, <HM> - Health Monitoring Diagnostics,
<OD> - OnDemand Diagnostics, <SCH> - Scheduled Diagnostics
====== ================================= =============================== ======
Card Description Current Running Test Run by
------ --------------------------------- --------------------- ------
1 N/A N/A
2 TestPortAsicStackPortLoopback <OD>
TestPortAsicLoopback <OD>
TestPortAsicCam <OD>
TestPortAsicRingLoopback <OD>
TestMicRingLoopback <OD>
TestPortAsicMem <OD>
3 N/A N/A
4 N/A N/A
====== ================================= =============================== ======
Switch#
 

This example shows how to display the online diagnostic test schedule for a switch:

Switch# show diagnostic schedule switch 1
Current Time = 14:39:49 PST Tue Jul 5 2005
Diagnostic for Switch 1:
Schedule #1:
To be run daily 12:00
Test ID(s) to be executed: 1.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear ip arp inspection statistics

Configures the health-monitoring diagnostic test.

diagnostic schedule

Sets the scheduling of test-based online diagnostic testing.

diagnostic start

Starts the online diagnostic test.

show dot1x

Use the show dot1x command in EXEC mode to display IEEE 802.1x statistics, administrative status, and operational status for the switch or for the specified port.

show dot1x [{ all [ summary ] | interface interface-id } [ details | statistics ]]

 
Syntax Description

all [ summary ]

(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for all ports.

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port (including type, stack member, module, and port number).

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

details

(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x interface details.

statistics

(Optional) Display IEEE 802.1x statistics for the specified port.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(25)SED

The display was expanded to include auth-fail-vlan in the authorization state machine state and port status fields.

12.2(25)SEE

The command syntax was changed, and the command output was modified.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify a port, global parameters and a summary appear. If you specify a port, details for that port appear.

If the port control is configured as unidirectional or bidirectional control and this setting conflicts with the switch configuration, the show dot1x { all | interface interface-id } privileged EXEC command output has this information:

ControlDirection = In (Inactive)
 

Examples

This is an example of output from the show dot1x command:

Switch# show dot1x
Sysauthcontrol Enabled
Dot1x Protocol Version 2
Critical Recovery Delay 100
Critical EAPOL Disabled
 

This is an example of output from the show dot1x all command:

Switch# show dot1x all
Sysauthcontrol Enabled
Dot1x Protocol Version 2
Critical Recovery Delay 100
Critical EAPOL Disabled
 
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/1
-----------------------------------
PAE = AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl = AUTO
ControlDirection = Both
HostMode = SINGLE_HOST
Violation Mode = PROTECT
ReAuthentication = Disabled
QuietPeriod = 60
ServerTimeout = 30
SuppTimeout = 30
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 (Locally configured)
ReAuthMax = 2
MaxReq = 2
TxPeriod = 30
RateLimitPeriod = 0
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show dot1x all summary command:

Interface PAE Client Status
--------------------------------------------------------
Gi2/0/1 AUTH none UNAUTHORIZED
Gi2/0/2 AUTH 00a0.c9b8.0072 AUTHORIZED
Gi0/3 AUTH none UNAUTHORIZED
 

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id command:

Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/2
-----------------------------------
PAE = AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl = AUTO
ControlDirection = In
HostMode = SINGLE_HOST
ReAuthentication = Disabled
QuietPeriod = 60
ServerTimeout = 30
SuppTimeout = 30
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 (Locally configured)
ReAuthMax = 2
MaxReq = 2
TxPeriod = 30
RateLimitPeriod = 0
 

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id details command:

Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 details
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/2
-----------------------------------
PAE = AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl = AUTO
ControlDirection = Both
HostMode = SINGLE_HOST
ReAuthentication = Disabled
QuietPeriod = 60
ServerTimeout = 30
SuppTimeout = 30
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 (Locally configured)
ReAuthMax = 2
MaxReq = 2
TxPeriod = 30
RateLimitPeriod = 0
 
Dot1x Authenticator Client List Empty
 

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id details commmand when a port is assigned to a guest VLAN and the host mode changes to multiple-hosts mode:

Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/1 details
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet1/0/1
-----------------------------------
PAE = AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl = AUTO
ControlDirection = Both
HostMode = SINGLE_HOST
ReAuthentication = Enabled
QuietPeriod = 60
ServerTimeout = 30
SuppTimeout = 30
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 (Locally configured)
ReAuthMax = 2
MaxReq = 2
TxPeriod = 30
RateLimitPeriod = 0
Guest-Vlan = 182
 
Dot1x Authenticator Client List Empty
 
Port Status = AUTHORIZED
Authorized By = Guest-Vlan
Operational HostMode = MULTI_HOST
Vlan Policy = 182
 

This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id statistics command. Table 1-11 describes the fields in the display.

Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet0/2 statistics
Dot1x Authenticator Port Statistics for GigabitEthernet0/2
--------------------------------------------
RxStart = 0 RxLogoff = 0 RxResp = 1 RxRespID = 1
RxInvalid = 0 RxLenErr = 0 RxTotal = 2
 
TxReq = 2 TxReqID = 132 TxTotal = 134
 
RxVersion = 2 LastRxSrcMAC = 00a0.c9b8.0072
 

 

Table 1-11 show dot1x statistics Field Descriptions

Field
Description

RxStart

Number of valid EAPOL-start frames that have been received.

RxLogoff

Number of EAPOL-logoff frames that have been received.

RxResp

Number of valid EAP-response frames (other than response/identity frames) that have been received.

RxRespID

Number of EAP-response/identity frames that have been received.

RxInvalid

Number of EAPOL frames that have been received and have an unrecognized frame type.

RxLenError

Number of EAPOL frames that have been received in which the packet body length field is invalid.

RxTotal

Number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received.

TxReq

Number of EAP-request frames (other than request/identity frames) that have been sent.

TxReqId

Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frames that have been sent.

TxTotal

Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) frames of any type that have been sent.

RxVersion

Number of received packets in the IEEE 802.1x Version 1 format.

LastRxSrcMac

Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

dot1x default

Resets the IEEE 802.1x parameters to their default values.

show dtp

Use the show dtp privileged EXEC command to display Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) information for the switch or for a specified interface.

show dtp [ interface interface-id ]

 
Syntax Description

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number).

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show dtp command:

Switch# show dtp
Global DTP information
Sending DTP Hello packets every 30 seconds
Dynamic Trunk timeout is 300 seconds
21 interfaces using DTP
 

This is an example of output from the show dtp interface command:

Switch# show dtp interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
DTP information for GigabitEthernet1/0/1:
TOS/TAS/TNS: ACCESS/AUTO/ACCESS
TOT/TAT/TNT: NATIVE/NEGOTIATE/NATIVE
Neighbor address 1: 000943A7D081
Neighbor address 2: 000000000000
Hello timer expiration (sec/state): 1/RUNNING
Access timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED
Negotiation timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED
Multidrop timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED
FSM state: S2:ACCESS
# times multi & trunk 0
Enabled: yes
In STP: no
 
Statistics
----------
3160 packets received (3160 good)
0 packets dropped
0 nonegotiate, 0 bad version, 0 domain mismatches, 0 bad TLVs, 0 other
6320 packets output (6320 good)
3160 native
0 output errors
0 trunk timeouts
1 link ups, last link up on Mon Mar 01 1993, 01:02:29
0 link downs

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show interfaces trunk

Displays interface trunking information.

show eap

Use the show eap privileged EXEC command to display Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) registration and session information for the switch or for the specified port.

show eap {{ registrations [ method [ name ] | transport [ name ]]} | { sessions [ credentials name [ interface interface-id ] | interface interface-id | method name | transport name ]}} [ credentials name | interface interface-id | transport name ]

 
Syntax Description

registrations

Display EAP registration information.

method name

(Optional) Display EAP method registration information.

transport name

(Optional) Display EAP transport registration information.

sessions

Display EAP session information.

credentials name

(Optional) Display EAP method registration information.

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display the EAP information for the specified port (including type, stack member, module, and port number).

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)SEE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

When you use the show eap registrations privileged EXEC command with these keywords, the command output shows this information:

  • None—All the lower levels used by EAP and the registered EAP methods.
  • method name keyword—The specified method registrations.
  • transport name keyword—The specific lower-level registrations.

When you use the show eap sessions privileged EXEC command with these keywords, the command output shows this information:

  • None—All active EAP sessions.
  • credentials name keyword—The specified credentials profile.
  • interface interface-id keyword—The parameters for the specified interface.
  • method name keyword—The specified EAP method.
  • transport name keyword—The specified lower layer.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show eap registrations command:

Switch# show eap registrations
Registered EAP Methods:
Method Type Name
4 Peer MD5
 
Registered EAP Lower Layers:
Handle Type Name
2 Authenticator Dot1x-Authenticator
1 Authenticator MAB
 

This is an example of output from the show eap registrations transport command:

Switch# show eap registrations transport all
Registered EAP Lower Layers:
Handle Type Name
2 Authenticator Dot1x-Authenticator
1 Authenticator MAB
 

This is an example of output from the show eap sessions command:

Switch# show eap sessions
Role: Authenticator Decision: Fail
Lower layer: Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface: Gi0/1
Current method: None Method state: Uninitialised
Retransmission count: 0 (max: 2) Timer: Authenticator
ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 2s)
EAP handle: 0x5200000A Credentials profile: None
Lower layer context ID: 0x93000004 Eap profile name: None
Method context ID: 0x00000000 Peer Identity: None
Start timeout (s): 1 Retransmit timeout (s): 30 (30)
Current ID: 2 Available local methods: None
 
Role: Authenticator Decision: Fail
Lower layer: Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface: Gi0/2
Current method: None Method state: Uninitialised
Retransmission count: 0 (max: 2) Timer: Authenticator
ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 2s)
EAP handle: 0xA800000B Credentials profile: None
Lower layer context ID: 0x0D000005 Eap profile name: None
Method context ID: 0x00000000 Peer Identity: None
Start timeout (s): 1 Retransmit timeout (s): 30 (30)
Current ID: 2 Available local methods: None
<Output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show eap sessions interface interface-id command:

Switch# show eap sessions gigabitethernet1/0/1
Role: Authenticator Decision: Fail
Lower layer: Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface: Gi0/1
Current method: None Method state: Uninitialised
Retransmission count: 1 (max: 2) Timer: Authenticator
ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 13s)
EAP handle: 0x5200000A Credentials profile: None
Lower layer context ID: 0x93000004 Eap profile name: None
Method context ID: 0x00000000 Peer Identity: None
Start timeout (s): 1 Retransmit timeout (s): 30 (30)
Current ID: 2 Available local methods: None

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear eap sessions

Clears EAP session information for the switch or for the specified port.

show env

Use the show env command in EXEC mode to show fan, temperature, redundant power system (RPS) availability, and power information for the switch.

Use the show env command in EXEC mode to show fan, temperature, redundant power system (RPS) availability, and power information for the switch (standalone switch, stack master, or stack member).

show env { all | fan | power | rps | stack [ switch-number ] | temperature }

 
Syntax Description

all

Display both fan and temperature environmental status.

fan

Display the switch fan status.

power

Display the switch power status.

rps

Display whether an RPS 300 Redundant Power System (RPS 300) and Cisco RPS675 Redundant Power System (RPS 675) is connected to the switch.

stack [ switch-number ]

Display all environmental status for each switch in the stack or for the specified switch. The range is 1 to 4, depending on the switch member numbers in the stack.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

temperature

Display the switch temperature status.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the session privileged EXEC command to access information from a specific switch other than the master.

Use the show env stack [ switch-number ] command to display information about any switch in the stack from any member switch.

Use with the stack keyword to show all information for the stack or for a specified switch in the stack.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show env all command entered from the master switch or a standalone switch:

Switch# show env all
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is AVAILABLE
 

This is an example of output from the show env fan command:

Switch# show env fan
FAN is OK
 

This is an example of output from the show env stack command on a Catalyst 2960-S switch:

Switch# show env stack
SWITCH: 1
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
Temperature Value: 32 Degree Celsius
Temperature State: GREEN
Yellow Threshold : 49 Degree Celsius
Red Threshold : 59 Degree Celsius
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
 

This example shows how to display information about stack member 3 from the master switch:

Switch# show env stack 3
SWITCH: 3
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
 

show errdisable detect

Use the show errdisable detect command in EXEC mode to display error-disabled detection status.

show errdisable detect

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

A displayed gbic-invalid error reason refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show errdisable detect command:

Switch# show errdisable detect
ErrDisable Reason Detection Mode
----------------- --------- ----
arp-inspection Enabled port
bpduguard Enabled vlan
channel-misconfig Enabled port
community-limit Enabled port
dhcp-rate-limit Enabled port
dtp-flap Enabled port
gbic-invalid Enabled port
inline-power Enabled port
invalid-policy Enabled port
link-flap Enabled port
loopback Enabled port
lsgroup Enabled port
pagp-flap Enabled port
psecure-violation Enabled port/vlan
security-violatio Enabled port
sfp-config-mismat Enabled port
storm-control Enabled port
udld Enabled port
vmps Enabled port

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

errdisable detect cause

Enables error-disabled detection for a specific cause or all causes.

show errdisable flap-values

Displays error condition recognition information.

show errdisable recovery

Displays error-disabled recovery timer information.

show interfaces status

Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.

show errdisable flap-values

Use the show errdisable flap-values command in EXEC mode to display conditions that cause an error to be recognized for a cause.

show errdisable flap-values

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The Flaps column in the display shows how many changes to the state within the specified time interval will cause an error to be detected and a port to be disabled. For example, the display shows that an error will be assumed and the port shut down if three Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP)-state (port mode access/trunk) or Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap changes occur during a 30-second interval, or if 5 link-state (link up/down) changes occur during a 10-second interval.

ErrDisable Reason Flaps Time (sec)
----------------- ------ ----------
pagp-flap 3 30
dtp-flap 3 30
link-flap 5 10
 

Examples

This is an example of output from the show errdisable flap-values command:

Switch# show errdisable flap-values
ErrDisable Reason Flaps Time (sec)
----------------- ------ ----------
pagp-flap 3 30
dtp-flap 3 30
link-flap 5 10

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

errdisable detect cause

Enables error-disabled detection for a specific cause or all causes.

show errdisable detect

Displays error-disabled detection status.

show errdisable recovery

Displays error-disabled recovery timer information.

show interfaces status

Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.

show errdisable recovery

Use the show errdisable recovery command in EXEC mode to display the error-disabled recovery timer information.

show errdisable recovery

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

A gbic-invalid error-disable reason refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module interface.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show errdisable recovery command:

Switch# show errdisable recovery
ErrDisable Reason Timer Status
----------------- --------------
udld Disabled
bpduguard Disabled
security-violatio Disabled
channel-misconfig Disabled
vmps Disabled
pagp-flap Disabled
dtp-flap Disabled
link-flap Enabled
psecure-violation Disabled
gbic-invalid Disabled
dhcp-rate-limit Disabled
unicast-flood Disabled
storm-control Disabled
arp-inspection Disabled
loopback Disabled
 
Timer interval:300 seconds
 
Interfaces that will be enabled at the next timeout:
 
Interface Errdisable reason Time left(sec)
--------- ----------------- --------------
Gi0/2 link-flap 279
 

Note Though visible in the output, the unicast-flood field is not valid.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

errdisable recovery

Configures the recover mechanism variables.

show errdisable detect

Displays error-disabled detection status.

show errdisable flap-values

Displays error condition recognition information.

show interfaces status

Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.

show etherchannel

Use the show etherchannel command in EXEC mode to display EtherChannel information for a channel.

show etherchannel [ channel-group-number { detail | port | port-channel | protocol | summary }] { detail | load-balance | port | port-channel | protocol | summary }

 
Syntax Description

channel-group - number

(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 6.

detail

Display detailed EtherChannel information.

load-balance

Display the load-balance or frame-distribution scheme among ports in the port channel.

port

Display EtherChannel port information.

port-channel

Display port-channel information.

protocol

Display the protocol that is being used in the EtherChannel.

summary

Display a one-line summary per channel-group.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify a channel-group , all channel groups are displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 detail command:

Switch# show etherchannel 1 detail
Group state = L2
Ports: 2 Maxports = 16
Port-channels: 1 Max Port-channels = 16
Protocol: LACP
Ports in the group:
-------------------
Port: Gi1/0/1
------------
 
Port state = Up Mstr In-Bndl
Channel group = 1 Mode = Active Gcchange = -
Port-channel = Po1 GC = - Pseudo port-channel = Po1
Port index = 0 Load = 0x00 Protocol = LACP
 
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending fast LACPDU
A - Device is in active mode. P - Device is in passive mode.
 
Local information:
LACP port Admin Oper Port Port
Port Flags State Priority Key Key Number State
Gi1/0/1 SA bndl 32768 0x1 0x1 0x101 0x3D
Gi1/0/2 SA bndl 32768 0x0 0x1 0x0 0x3D
Gi0/1 SA bndl 32768 0x0 0x1 0x0 0x3D
 
Age of the port in the current state: 01d:20h:06m:04s
Port-channels in the group:
----------------------
 
Port-channel: Po1 (Primary Aggregator)
------------
 
Age of the Port-channel = 01d:20h:20m:26s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol = LACP
 
Ports in the Port-channel:
 
Index Load Port EC state No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+-----------
0 00 Gi1/0/1 Active 0
0 00 Gi1/0/2 Active 0
0 00 Gi0/1 Active 0
0 00 Gi0/2 Active 0
 
Time since last port bundled: 01d:20h:20m:20s Gi1/0/2
 

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 summary command:

Switch# show etherchannel 1 summary
Flags: D - down P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3 S - Layer2
u - unsuitable for bundling
U - in use f - failed to allocate aggregator
d - default port
 
Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators: 1
 
Group Port-channel Protocol Ports
------+-------------+-----------+----------------------------------------
1 Po1(SU) LACP Gi1/0/1(P) Gi1/0/2(P)
1 Po1(SU) LACP Gi0/1(P) Gi0/2(P)
 

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 port-channel command:

Switch# show etherchannel 1 port-channel
Port-channels in the group:
----------------------
Port-channel: Po1 (Primary Aggregator)
 
------------
 
Age of the Port-channel = 01d:20h:24m:50s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol = LACP
 
Ports in the Port-channel:
 
Index Load Port EC state No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+-----------
0 00 Gi1/0/1 Active 0
0 00 Gi1/0/2 Active 0
0 00 Gi0/1 Active 0
0 00 Gi0/2 Active 0
 
Time since last port bundled: 01d:20h:24m:44s Gi1/0/2
 

This is an example of output from the show etherchannel protocol command:

Switch# show etherchannel protocol
Channel-group listing:
-----------------------
Group: 1
----------
Protocol: LACP
 
Group: 2
----------
Protocol: PAgP

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

channel-group

Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.

channel-protocol

Restricts the protocol used on a port to manage channeling.

interface port-channel

Accesses or creates the port channel.

show fallback profile

Use the show fallback profile privileged EXEC command to display the fallback profiles that are configured on a switch.

show fallback profile

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show fallback profile privileged EXEC command to display profiles that are configured on the switch.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show fallback profile command:

switch# show fallback profile
Profile Name: dot1x-www
------------------------------------
Description : NONE
IP Admission Rule : webauth-fallback
IP Access-Group IN: default-policy
Profile Name: dot1x-www-lpip
------------------------------------
Description : NONE
IP Admission Rule : web-lpip
IP Access-Group IN: default-policy
Profile Name: profile1
------------------------------------
Description : NONE
IP Admission Rule : NONE
IP Access-Group IN: NONE

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

dot1x fallback profile

Configure a port to use web authentication as a fallback method for clients that do not support IEEE 802.1x authentication.

fallback profile profile

Create a web authentication fallback profile.

ip admission rule

Enable web authentication on a switch port

ip admission name proxy http [inactivity-time | absolute-time]

Enable web authentication globally on a switch

show dot1x [ interface interface-id ]

Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.

show flowcontrol

Use the show flowcontrol command in EXEC mode to display the flow control status and statistics.

show flowcontrol [ interface interface-id | module number ]

 
Syntax Description

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for a specific interface.

module number

(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for all interfaces on the specified stack member switch. 8The only valid module number is 1. This option is not available if you have entered a specific interface ID.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display the flow control status and statistics on the switch or for a specific interface.

Use the show flowcontrol command to display information about all the switch interfaces. For a standalone switch, the output from the show flowcontrol command is the same as the output from the show flowcontrol module number command.

Use the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command to display information about a specific interface.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol command.

Switch# show flowcontrol
Port Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl RxPause TxPause
admin oper admin oper
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Gi2/0/1 Unsupp. Unsupp. off off 0 0
Gi2/0/2 desired off off off 0 0
Gi2/0/3 desired off off off 0 0
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command:

Switch# show flowcontrol gigabitethernet2/0/2
Port Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl RxPause TxPause
admin oper admin oper
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Gi2/0/2 desired off off off 0 0
Gi0/2 desired off off off 0 0

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

flowcontrol

Sets the receive flow-control state for an interface.

show interfaces

Use the show interfaces privileged EXEC command to display the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a specified interface.

show interfaces [ interface-id | vlan vlan-id ] [ accounting | capabilities [ module number ] | counters | description | etherchannel | flowcontrol | pruning | stats | status [ err-disabled ] | switchport [ backup | module number ] | transceiver | properties | detail [ module number ] | trunk ]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

(Optional) Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number) and port channels. The port-channel range is 1 to 6.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) VLAN identification. The range is 1 to 4094.

accounting

(Optional) Display accounting information on the interface, including active protocols and input and output packets and octets.

Note The display shows only packets processed in software; hardware-switched packets do not appear.

capabilities

(Optional) Display the capabilities of all interfaces or the specified interface, including the features and options that you can configure on the interface. Though visible in the command line help, this option is not available for VLAN IDs.

module number

(Optional) Display capabilities, switchport configuration, or transceiver characteristics (depending on preceding keyword) of all interfaces on the specified stack member or switch.The range is 1 to 4. This option is not available if you enter a specific interface ID.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image. On all other Catalyst 2960 switches, the only valid module number is 1.

counters

(Optional) See the show interfaces counters command.

description

(Optional) Display the administrative status and description set for an interface.

etherchannel

(Optional) Display interface EtherChannel information.

flowcontrol

(Optional) Display interface flowcontrol information

pruning

(Optional) Display interface trunk VTP pruning information.

stats

(Optional) Display the input and output packets by switching path for the interface.

status

(Optional) Display the status of the interface. A status of unsupported in the Type field means that a non-Cisco small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module is inserted in the module slot.

err-disabled

(Optional) Display interfaces in error-disabled state.

switchport

(Optional) Display the administrative and operational status of a switching port, including port blocking and port protection settings.

backup

(Optional) Display Flex Link backup interface configuration and status for the specified interface or all interfaces on the switchstack.

transceiver [ detail | properties ]

(Optional) Display the physical properties of a CWDM or DWDM small form-factor (SFP) module interface. The keywords have these meanings:

  • detail — (Optional) Display calibration properties, including high and low numbers and any alarm information.
  • properties —( Optional) Display speed and duplex settings on an interface.

trunk

Display interface trunk information. If you do not specify an interface, only information for active trunking ports appears.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The show interfaces capabilities command with different keywords has these results:

  • Use the show interfaces capabilities module number command to display the capabilities of all interfaces on that switch in the stack. If there is no switch with that module number in the stack, there is no output 1 to display the capabilities of all interfaces on the switch. Entering any other number is invalid.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches.

  • Use the show interfaces interface-id capabilities to display the capabilities of the specified interface.
  • Use the show interfaces capabilities (with no module number or interface ID) to display the capabilities of all interfaces on the switch or in the stack.

On Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image, use the show interfaces switchport module number command to display the switch port characteristics of all interfaces on that switch in the stack. If there is no switch with that module number in the stack, there is no output.

On all other Catalyst 2960 switches, use the show interfaces switchport module 1 to display the switch port characteristics of all interfaces on the switch. Entering any other number is invalid.

Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the crb, fair-queue, irb, mac-accounting, precedence, random-detect, rate-limit, and shape keywords are not supported.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show interfaces command for an interface on stack member 3:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet3/0/2 0/2
GigabitEthernet0/2is down, line protocol is down
Hardware is Gigabit Ethernet, address is 0009.43a7.d085 (bia 0009.43a7.d085)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)
Auto-duplex, Auto-speed
input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last input never, output never, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Queueing strategy: fifo
Output queue :0/40 (size/max)
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
2 packets input, 1040 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
0 watchdog, 0 multicast, 0 pause input
0 input packets with dribble condition detected
4 packets output, 1040 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 3 interface resets
0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 PAUSE output
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces accounting command.

Switch# show interfaces accounting
Vlan1
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
IP 1094395 131900022 559555 84077157
Spanning Tree 283896 17033760 42 2520
ARP 63738 3825680 231 13860
Interface Vlan2 is disabled
Vlan7
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
Vlan31
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
 
GigabitEthernet1/0/1
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
GigabitEthernet1/0/2
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces capabilities command for an interface.

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2 capabilities
GigabitEthernet0/2
Model: WS-C2960G-24TC-L
Type: 10/100/1000BaseTX
Speed: 10,100,1000,auto
Duplex: full,auto
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Channel: yes
Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100)
Flowcontrol: rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(none)
Fast Start: yes
QoS scheduling: rx-(not configurable on per port basis),tx-(4q2t)
CoS rewrite: yes
ToS rewrite: yes
UDLD: yes
Inline power: no
SPAN: source/destination
PortSecure: yes
Dot1x: yes
Multiple Media Types: rj45, sfp, auto-select
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface description command when the interface has been described as Connects to Marketing by using the description interface configuration command.

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2 description
Interface Status Protocol Description
Gi1/0/2 up down Connects to Marketing
Gi0/2 up down Connects to Marketing
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces etherchannel command when port channels are configured on the switch:

Switch# show interfaces etherchannel
----
Port-channel1:
Age of the Port-channel = 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
 
Port-channel2:
Age of the Port-channel = 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port = 10/2 Number of ports = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
 
Port-channel3:
Age of the Port-channel = 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port = 10/3 Number of ports = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id pruning command when pruning is enabled in the VTP domain:

Switch# show interfaces gigibitethernet1/0/2 pruning
Port Vlans pruned for lack of request by neighbor
Gi1/0/2 3,4
Gi0/2 3,4
 
Port Vlans traffic requested of neighbor
Gi1/0/2 1-3
Gi0/2 1-3
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces stats command for a specified VLAN interface.

Switch# show interfaces vlan 1 stats
Switching path Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
Processor 1165354 136205310 570800 91731594
Route cache 0 0 0 0
Total 1165354 136205310 570800 91731594
 

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces status command. It displays the status of all interfaces.

Switch# show interfaces status
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Gi0/1 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
Gi0/2 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
Gi0/3 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
Gi0/4 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
Gi0/5 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
Gi0/6 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces status err-disabled command. It displays the status of interfaces in the error-disabled state.

Switch# show interfaces status err-disabled
Port Name Status Reason
Gi0/2 err-disabled dtp-flap
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport command for a port. Table 1-12 describes the fields in the display.

Note Private VLANs are not supported in this release, so those fields are not applicable.

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/1 switchport
Name: Gi1/0/1
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: dynamic auto
Operational Mode: static access
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Voice VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan host-association:10 (VLAN0010) 502 (VLAN0502)
Administrative private-vlan mapping: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q
Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none
Operational private-vlan: none
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001
Capture Mode Disabled
Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL
 
Protected: false
Unknown unicast blocked: disabled
Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
 
Voice VLAN: none (Inactive)
Appliance trust: none

 

Table 1-12 show interfaces switchport Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Name

Displays the port name.

Switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of the port. In this display, the port is in switchport mode.

Administrative Mode

Operational Mode

Displays the administrative and operational modes.

Administrative Trunking Encapsulation

Operational Trunking Encapsulation

Negotiation of Trunking

Displays the administrative and operational encapsulation method and whether trunking negotiation is enabled.

Access Mode VLAN

Displays the VLAN ID to which the port is configured.

Trunking Native Mode VLAN

Trunking VLANs Enabled

Trunking VLANs Active

Lists the VLAN ID of the trunk that is in native mode. Lists the allowed VLANs on the trunk. Lists the active VLANs on the trunk.

Pruning VLANs Enabled

Lists the VLANs that are pruning-eligible.

Protected

Displays whether or not protected port is enabled (True) or disabled (False) on the interface.

Unknown unicast blocked

Unknown multicast blocked

Displays whether or not unknown multicast and unknown unicast traffic is blocked on the interface.

Voice VLAN

Displays the VLAN ID on which voice VLAN is enabled.

Appliance trust

Displays the class of service (CoS) setting of the data packets of the IP phone.

1This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport backup command:

Switch# show interfaces switchport backup
Switch Backup Interface Pairs:
Active Interface Backup Interface State
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fa0/1 Fa0/2 Active Up/Backup Standby
Fa0/3 Fa0/5 Active Down/Backup Up
Po1 Po2 Active Standby/Backup Up
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport backup command. In this example, VLANs 1 to 50, 60, and 100 to 120 are configured on the switch:

Switch(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 0/6
Switch(config-if)#switchport backup interface gigabitEthernet 0/8 prefer vlan 60,100-120
 

When both interfaces are up, Gi0/8 forwards traffic for VLANs 60, 100 to 120, and Gi0/6 forwards traffic for VLANs 1 to 50.

Switch#show interfaces switchport backup
Switch Backup Interface Pairs:
 
Active Interface Backup Interface State
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GigabitEthernet2/0/6 GigabitEthernet2/0/8 Active Down/Backup Up
 
Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/6: 1-50
Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/8: 60, 100-120
 

When a Flex Link interface goes down (LINK_DOWN), VLANs preferred on this interface are moved to the peer interface of the Flex Link pair. In this example, if interface Gi2/0/6 goes down, Gi2/0/8 carries all VLANs of the Flex Link pair.

Switch#show interfaces switchport backup
Switch Backup Interface Pairs:
 
Active Interface Backup Interface State
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GigabitEthernet2/0/6 GigabitEthernet2/0/8 Active Down/Backup Up
 
Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/6:
Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/8: 1-50, 60, 100-120
 

When a Flex Link interface comes up, VLANs preferred on this interface are blocked on the peer interface and moved to the forwarding state on the interface that has just come up. In this example, if interface Gi2/0/6 comes up, then VLANs preferred on this interface are blocked on the peer interface Gi2/0/8 and forwarded on Gi2/0/6.

Switch#show interfaces switchport backup
Switch Backup Interface Pairs:
 
Active Interface Backup Interface State
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GigabitEthernet2/0/6 GigabitEthernet2/0/8 Active Down/Backup Up
 
Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/6: 1-50
Vlans on Interface Gi 2/0/8: 60, 100-120
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id pruning command:

Switch# show interfaces gigibitethernet1/0/2 0/2 pruning
Port Vlans pruned for lack of request by neighbor
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id trunk command. It displays trunking information for the port.

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2 0/2 trunk
Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Gi1/0/1 auto negotiate trunking 1
 
Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Gi0/1 1-4094
 
Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Gi0/1 1-4
 
Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Gi0/1 1-4
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id transceiver properties command:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/2 0/2 transceiver properties
Name : Gi0/2
Administrative Speed: auto
Operational Speed: auto
Administrative Duplex: auto
Administrative Power Inline: N/A
Operational Duplex: auto
Administrative Auto-MDIX: off
Operational Auto-MDIX: off
Configured Media: sfp
Active Media: sfp
Attached: 10/100/1000BaseTX SFP-10/100/1000BaseTX
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id transceiver detail command:

Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet2/0/3 0/3 transceiver detail
ITU Channel not available (Wavelength not available),
Transceiver is externally calibrated.
mA:milliamperes, dBm:decibels (milliwatts), N/A:not applicable.
++:high alarm, +:high warning, -:low warning, -- :low alarm.
A2D readouts (if they differ), are reported in parentheses.
The threshold values are uncalibrated.
 
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Temperature Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius)
------- ------------------ ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi0/3 41.5 110.0 103.0 -8.0 -12.0
 
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Voltage Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts)
------- --------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi0/3 3.20 4.00 3.70 3.00 2.95
 
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Current Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (milliamperes) (mA) (mA) (mA) (mA)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi0/3 31.0 84.0 70.0 4.0 2.0
 
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Transmit Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi0/3 -0.0 ( -0.0) -0.0 -0.0 -0.0 -0.0
 
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Receive Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi0/3 N/A ( -0.0) -- -0.0 -0.0 -0.0 -0.0
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

switchport access

Configures a port as a static-access or a dynamic-access port.

switchport block

Blocks unknown unicast or multicast traffic on an interface.

switchport backup interface

Configures Flex Links, a pair of Layer 2 interfaces that provide mutual backup.

switchport mode

Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.

switchport protected

Isolates unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other protected ports on the same switch.

switchport trunk pruning

Configures the VLAN pruning-eligible list for ports in trunking mode.

show interfaces counters

Use the show interfaces counters privileged EXEC command to display various counters for the switch or for a specific interface.

show interfaces [ interface-id | vlan vlan-id ] counters [ errors | etherchannel | module switch- number | protocol status | trunk ]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

(Optional) ID of the physical interface.

errors

(Optional) Display error counters.

etherchannel

(Optional) Display EtherChannel counters, including octets, broadcast packets, multicast packets, and unicast packets received and sent.

module switch- number

(Optional) Display counters for the specified stack member. The range is from 1 to 4, depending upon the switch numbers in the stack.

The module keyword in this command refers to the stack member number (1 to 4). The module number that is part of the interface ID is always zero.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

protocol status

(Optional) Display status of protocols enabled on interfaces.

trunk

(Optional) Display trunk counters.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you do not enter any keywords, all counters for all interfaces are included.

Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the vlan vlan-id keyword is not supported.

Examples

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters command. It displays all counters for the switch.

Switch# show interfaces counters
Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
Gi0/1 0 0 0 0
Gi0/2 0 0 0 0
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters module command for stack member 2. It displays all counters for the specified switch in the stack.

Switch# show interfaces counters module 2
Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
Gi2/0/1 520 2 0 0
Gi2/0/2 520 2 0 0
Gi2/0/3 520 2 0 0
Gi2/0/4 520 2 0 0
Gi2/0/5 520 2 0 0
Gi2/0/6 520 2 0 0
Gi2/0/7 520 2 0 0
Gi2/0/8 520 2 0 0
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters protocol status command for all interfaces.

Switch# show interfaces counters protocol status
Protocols allocated:
Vlan1: Other, IP
Vlan20: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan30: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan40: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan50: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan60: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan70: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan80: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan90: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan900: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan3000: Other, IP
Vlan3500: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/1: Other, IP, ARP, CDP
FastEthernet0/2: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/3: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/4: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/5: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/6: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/7: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/8: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/9: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/10: Other, IP, CDP
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show interfaces counters trunk command. It displays trunk counters for all interfaces.

Switch# show interfaces counters trunk
Port TrunkFramesTx TrunkFramesRx WrongEncap
Gi0/1 0 0 0
Gi0/2 0 0 0
Gi0/3 80678 4155 0
Gi0/4 82320 126 0
Gi0/5 0 0 0
 
<output truncated>

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show interfaces

Displays additional interface characteristics.

show inventory

Use the show inventory command in EXEC mode to display product identification (PID) information for the hardware.

show inventory [ entity-name | raw ]

 
Syntax Description

entity-name

(Optional) Display the specified entity. For example, enter the interface (such as gigabitethernet0/1) into which a small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module is installed.

raw

(Optional) Display every entity in the device.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command is case sensitive. With no arguments, the show inventory command produces a compact dump of all identifiable entities that have a product identifier. The compact dump displays the entity location (slot identity), entity description, and the unique device identifier (UDI) (PID, VID, and SN) of that entity.

Note If there is no PID, no output appears when you enter the show inventory command.

Examples

This is example output from the show inventory command:

Switch# show inventory
NAME: "1", DESCR: "WS-C2960-48TC-L"
PID: WS-C2960-24TC-L, VID: 02, SN: FHH0923D075
 
NAME: "GigabitEthernet0/1", DESCR: "100BaseBX-10D SFP"
PID:, VID:, SN: NEC09050251
 
NAME: "GigabitEthernet0/2", DESCR: "100BaseBX-10U SFP"
PID:, VID:, SN: NEC09050020

show ip arp inspection

Use the show ip arp inspection privileged EXEC command to display the configuration and the operating state of dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) inspection or the status of this feature for all VLANs or for the specified interface or VLAN.

show ip arp inspection [ interfaces [ interface-id ] | log | statistics [ vlan vlan-range ] | vlan vlan-range ]

 
Syntax Description

interfaces [ interface-id ]

(Optional) Display the trust state and the rate limit of ARP packets for the specified interface or all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

log

(Optional) Display the configuration and contents of the dynamic ARP inspection log buffer.

statistics [ vlan vlan-range ]

(Optional) Display statistics for forwarded, dropped, MAC validation failure, IP validation failure, access control list (ACL) permitted and denied, and DHCP permitted and denied packets for the specified VLAN. If no VLANs are specified or if a range is specified, display information only for VLANs with dynamic ARP inspection enabled (active).

You can specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.

vlan vlan-range

(Optional) Display the configuration and the operating state of dynamic ARP inspection for the specified VLAN. If no VLANs are specified or if a range is specified, display information only for VLANs with dynamic ARP inspection enabled (active).

You can specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection command

Switch# show ip arp inspection
 
Source Mac Validation : Disabled
Destination Mac Validation : Disabled
IP Address Validation : Enabled
 
 
Vlan Configuration Operation ACL Match Static ACL
---- ------------- --------- --------- ----------
1 Enabled Active deny-all No
 
Vlan ACL Logging DHCP Logging Probe Logging
---- ----------- ------------ -------------
1 Acl-Match All Permit
 
Vlan Forwarded Dropped DHCP Drops ACL Drops
---- --------- ------- ---------- ---------
1 0 0 0 0
 
Vlan DHCP Permits ACL Permits Probe Permits Source MAC Failures
---- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------------------
1 0 0 0 0
 
Vlan Dest MAC Failures IP Validation Failures Invalid Protocol Data
---- ----------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
1 0 0 0
 

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection interfaces command:

Switch# show ip arp inspection interfaces
Interface Trust State Rate (pps) Burst Interval
--------------- ----------- ---------- --------------
Gi0/1 Untrusted 15 1
Gi0/2 Untrusted 15 1
Gi0/3 Untrusted 15 1
 

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection interfaces interface-id command:

Switch# show ip arp inspection interfaces gigabitethernet0/1
Interface Trust State Rate (pps) Burst Interval
--------------- ----------- ---------- --------------
Gi0/1 Untrusted 15 1
 

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection log command. It shows the contents of the log buffer before the buffers are cleared:

Switch# show ip arp inspection log
Total Log Buffer Size : 32
Syslog rate : 10 entries per 300 seconds.
 
Interface Vlan Sender MAC Sender IP Num Pkts Reason Time
---------- ---- -------------- --------------- --------- ----------- ----
Gi0/1 5 0003.0000.d673 192.2.10.4 5 DHCP Deny 19:39:01 UTC Mon Mar 1 1993
Gi0/1 5 0001.0000.d774 128.1.9.25 6 DHCP Deny 19:39:02 UTC Mon Mar 1 1993
Gi0/1 5 0001.c940.1111 10.10.10.1 7 DHCP Deny 19:39:03 UTC Mon Mar 1 1993
Gi0/1 5 0001.c940.1112 10.10.10.2 8 DHCP Deny 19:39:04 UTC Mon Mar 1 1993
Gi0/1 5 0001.c940.1114 173.1.1.1 10 DHCP Deny 19:39:06 UTC Mon Mar 1 1993
Gi0/1 5 0001.c940.1115 173.1.1.2 11 DHCP Deny 19:39:07 UTC Mon Mar 1 1993
Gi0/1 5 0001.c940.1116 173.1.1.3 12 DHCP Deny 19:39:08 UTC Mon Mar 1 1993
 

If the log buffer overflows, it means that a log event does not fit into the log buffer, and the display for the show ip arp inspection log privileged EXEC command is affected. A -- in the display appears in place of all data except the packet count and the time. No other statistics are provided for the entry. If you see this entry in the display, increase the number of entries in the log buffer, or increase the logging rate in the ip arp inspection log-buffer global configuration command.

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection statistics command. It shows the statistics for packets that have been processed by dynamic ARP inspection for all active VLANs.

Switch# show ip arp inspection statistics
Vlan Forwarded Dropped DHCP Drops ACL Drops
---- --------- ------- ---------- ---------
5 3 4618 4605 4
2000 0 0 0 0
 
Vlan DHCP Permits ACL Permits Source MAC Failures
---- ------------ ----------- -------------------
5 0 12 0
2000 0 0 0
 
Vlan Dest MAC Failures IP Validation Failures
---- ----------------- ----------------------
5 0 9
2000 0 0
 

For the show ip arp inspection statistics command, the switch increments the number of forwarded packets for each ARP request and response packet on a trusted dynamic ARP inspection port. The switch increments the number of ACL or DHCP permitted packets for each packet that is denied by source MAC, destination MAC, or IP validation checks, and the switch increments the appropriate failure count.

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection statistics vlan 5 command. It shows statistics for packets that have been processed by dynamic ARP for VLAN 5.

Switch# show ip arp inspection statistics vlan 5
Vlan Forwarded Dropped DHCP Drops ACL Drops
---- --------- ------- ---------- ---------
5 3 4618 4605 4
 
Vlan DHCP Permits ACL Permits Source MAC Failures
---- ------------ ----------- -------------------
5 0 12 0
 
Vlan Dest MAC Failures IP Validation Failures Invalid Protocol Data
---- ----------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
5 0 9 3
 

This is an example of output from the show ip arp inspection vlan 5 command. It shows the configuration and the operating state of dynamic ARP inspection for VLAN 5.

Switch# show ip arp inspection vlan 5
Source Mac Validation :Enabled
Destination Mac Validation :Enabled
IP Address Validation :Enabled
 
Vlan Configuration Operation ACL Match Static ACL
---- ------------- --------- --------- ----------
5 Enabled Active second No
 
Vlan ACL Logging DHCP Logging
---- ----------- ------------
5 Acl-Match All

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

arp access-list

Defines an ARP ACL.

clear ip arp inspection log

Clears the dynamic ARP inspection log buffer.

clear ip arp inspection statistics

Clears the dynamic ARP inspection statistics.

ip arp inspection log-buffer

Configures the dynamic ARP inspection logging buffer.

ip arp inspection vlan logging

Controls the type of packets that are logged per VLAN.

show arp access-list

Displays detailed information about ARP access lists.

show ip dhcp snooping

Use the show ip dhcp snooping command in EXEC mode to display the DHCP snooping configuration.

show ip dhcp snooping

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping command:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping is enabled
DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs:
40-42
Insertion of option 82 is enabled
Option 82 on untrusted port is allowed
Verification of hwaddr field is enabled
Interface Trusted Rate limit (pps)
------------------------ ------- ----------------
GigabitEthernet0/1 yes unlimited
GigabitEthernet0/2 yes unlimited

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show ip dhcp snooping binding

Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.

show ip dhcp snooping binding

Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding command in EXEC mode to display the DHCP snooping binding database and configuration information for all interfaces on a switch.

show ip dhcp snooping binding [ ip-address ] [ mac-address ] [ interface interface-id ] [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

ip-address

(Optional) Specify the binding entry IP address.

mac-address

(Optional) Specify the binding entry MAC address.

interface interface-id

(Optional) Specify the binding input interface.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify the binding entry VLAN.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The show ip dhcp snooping binding command output shows only the dynamically configured bindings. Use the show ip source binding privileged EXEC command to display the dynamically and statically configured bindings in the DHCP snooping binding database.

If DHCP snooping is enabled and an interface changes to the down state, the switch does not delete the statically configured bindings.

Examples

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a switch:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
01:02:03:04:05:06 10.1.2.150 9837 dhcp-snooping 20 GigabitEthernet0/1
00:D0:B7:1B:35:DE 10.1.2.151 237 dhcp-snooping 20 GigabitEthernet0/2
Total number of bindings: 2
 

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific IP address:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding 10.1.2.150
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
01:02:03:04:05:06 10.1.2.150 9810 dhcp-snooping 20 GigabitEthernet0/1
Total number of bindings: 1
 

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific MAC address:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding 0102.0304.0506
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
01:02:03:04:05:06 10.1.2.150 9788 dhcp-snooping 20 GigabitEthernet0/2
Total number of bindings: 1
 

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on a port:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding interface gigabitethernet0/2
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
00:30:94:C2:EF:35 10.1.2.151 290 dhcp-snooping 20 GigabitEthernet0/2
Total number of bindings: 1
 

This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on VLAN 20:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding vlan 20
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
01:02:03:04:05:06 10.1.2.150 9747 dhcp-snooping 20 GigabitEthernet0/1
00:00:00:00:00:02 10.1.2.151 65 dhcp-snooping 20 GigabitEthernet0/2
Total number of bindings: 2
 

Table 1-13 describes the fields in the show ip dhcp snooping binding command output:

 

Table 1-13 show ip dhcp snooping binding Command Output

Field
Description

MacAddress

Client hardware MAC address

IpAddress

Client IP address assigned from the DHCP server

Lease(sec)

Remaining lease time for the IP address

Type

Binding type

VLAN

VLAN number of the client interface

Interface

Interface that connects to the DHCP client host

Total number of bindings

Total number of bindings configured on the switch

Note The command output might not show the total number of bindings. For example, if 200 bindings are configured on the switch and you stop the display before all the bindings appear, the total number does not change.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip dhcp snooping binding

Configures the DHCP snooping binding database

show ip dhcp snooping

Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.

show ip dhcp snooping database

Use the show ip dhcp snooping database command in EXEC mode to display the status of the DHCP snooping binding database agent.

show ip dhcp snooping database [ detail ]

 
Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Display detailed status and statistics information.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping database command:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping database
Agent URL :
Write delay Timer : 300 seconds
Abort Timer : 300 seconds
 
Agent Running : No
Delay Timer Expiry : Not Running
Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running
 
Last Succeded Time : None
Last Failed Time : None
Last Failed Reason : No failure recorded.
 
Total Attempts : 0 Startup Failures : 0
Successful Transfers : 0 Failed Transfers : 0
Successful Reads : 0 Failed Reads : 0
Successful Writes : 0 Failed Writes : 0
Media Failures : 0
 

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping database detail command:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping database detail
Agent URL : tftp://10.1.1.1/directory/file
Write delay Timer : 300 seconds
Abort Timer : 300 seconds
 
Agent Running : No
Delay Timer Expiry : 7 (00:00:07)
Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running
 
Last Succeded Time : None
Last Failed Time : 17:14:25 UTC Sat Jul 7 2001
Last Failed Reason : Unable to access URL.
 
Total Attempts : 21 Startup Failures : 0
Successful Transfers : 0 Failed Transfers : 21
Successful Reads : 0 Failed Reads : 0
Successful Writes : 0 Failed Writes : 21
Media Failures : 0
 
First successful access: Read
 
Last ignored bindings counters :
Binding Collisions : 0 Expired leases : 0
Invalid interfaces : 0 Unsupported vlans : 0
Parse failures : 0
Last Ignored Time : None
 
Total ignored bindings counters:
Binding Collisions : 0 Expired leases : 0
Invalid interfaces : 0 Unsupported vlans : 0
Parse failures : 0

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip dhcp snooping

Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.

ip dhcp snooping database

Configures the DHCP snooping binding database agent or the binding file.

show ip dhcp snooping

Displays DHCP snooping information.

show ip dhcp snooping statistics

Use the show ip dhcp snooping statistics command in EXEC mode to display DHCP snooping statistics in summary or detail form.

show ip dhcp snooping statistics [ detail ]

 
Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Display detailed statistics information.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(37)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

In a switch stack, all statistics are generated on the stack master. If a new stack master is elected, the statistics counters reset.

Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping statistics command:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Packets Forwarded = 0
Packets Dropped = 0
Packets Dropped From untrusted ports = 0
 

This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping statistics detail command:

Switch# show ip dhcp snooping statistics detail
Packets Processed by DHCP Snooping = 0
Packets Dropped Because
IDB not known = 0
Queue full = 0
Interface is in errdisabled = 0
Rate limit exceeded = 0
Received on untrusted ports = 0
Nonzero giaddr = 0
Source mac not equal to chaddr = 0
Binding mismatch = 0
Insertion of opt82 fail = 0
Interface Down = 0
Unknown output interface = 0
Reply output port equal to input port = 0
Packet denied by platform = 0
 

Table 1-14 shows the DHCP snooping statistics and their descriptions:

 

Table 1-14 DHCP Snooping Statistics

DHCP Snooping Statistic
Description

Packets Processed by DHCP Snooping

Total number of packets handled by DHCP snooping, including forwarded and dropped packets.

Packets Dropped Because IDB not known

Number of errors when the input interface of the packet cannot be determined.

Queue full

Number of errors when an internal queue used to process the packets is full. This might happen if DHCP packets are received at an excessively high rate and rate limiting is not enabled on the ingress ports.

Interface is in errdisabled

Number of times a packet was received on a port that has been marked as error disabled. This might happen if packets are in the processing queue when a port is put into the error-disabled state and those packets are subsequently processed.

Rate limit exceeded

Number of times the rate limit configured on the port was exceeded and the interface was put into the error-disabled state.

Received on untrusted ports

Number of times a DHCP server packet (OFFER, ACK, NAK, or LEASEQUERY) was received on an untrusted port and was dropped.

Nonzero giaddr

Number of times the relay agent address field (giaddr) in the DHCP packet received on an untrusted port was not zero, or the no ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted global configuration command is not configured and a packet received on an untrusted port contained option-82 data.

Source mac not equal to chaddr

Number of times the client MAC address field of the DHCP packet (chaddr) does not match the packet source MAC address and the ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address global configuration command is configured.

Binding mismatch

Number of times a RELEASE or DECLINE packet was received on a port that is different than the port in the binding for that MAC address-VLAN pair. This indicates someone might be trying to spoof the real client, or it could mean that the client has moved to another port on the switch and issued a RELEASE or DECLINE. The MAC address is taken from the chaddr field of the DHCP packet, not the source MAC address in the Ethernet header.

Insertion of opt82 fail

Number of times the option-82 insertion into a packet failed. The insertion might fail if the packet with the option-82 data exceeds the size of a single physical packet on the internet.

Interface Down

Number of times the packet is a reply to the DHCP relay agent, but the SVI interface for the relay agent is down. This is an unlikely error that occurs if the SVI goes down between sending the client request to the DHCP server and receiving the response.

Unknown output interface

Number of times the output interface for a DHCP reply packet cannot be determined by either option-82 data or a lookup in the MAC address table. The packet is dropped. This can happen if option 82 is not used and the client MAC address has aged out. If IPSG is enabled with the port-security option and option 82 is not enabled, the MAC address of the client is not learned, and the reply packets will be dropped.

Reply output port equal to input port

Number of times the output port for a DHCP reply packet is the same as the input port, causing a possible loop. Indicates a possible network misconfiguration or misuse of trust settings on ports.

Packet denied by platform

Number of times the packet has been denied by a platform-specific registry.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear ip dhcp snooping

Clears the DHCP snooping binding database, the DHCP snooping binding database agent statistics, or the DHCP snooping statistics counters.

show ip igmp profile

Use the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command to display all configured Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) profiles or a specified IGMP profile.

show ip igmp profile [ profile number ]

 
Syntax Description

profile number

(Optional) The IGMP profile number to be displayed. The range is 1 to 4294967295. If no profile number is entered, all IGMP profiles are displayed.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

These are examples of output from the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command, with and without specifying a profile number. If no profile number is entered, the display includes all profiles configured on the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp profile 40
IGMP Profile 40
permit
range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
 
Switch# show ip igmp profile
IGMP Profile 3
range 230.9.9.0 230.9.9.0
IGMP Profile 4
permit
range 229.9.9.0 229.255.255.255

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip igmp profile

Configures the specified IGMP profile number.

show ip igmp snooping

Use the show ip igmp snooping command in EXEC mode to display the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping [ groups | mrouter | querier ] [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

groups

(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping groups command.

mrouter

(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command.

querier

(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping querier command.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094 (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP snooping.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping vlan 1 command. It shows snooping characteristics for a specific VLAN.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping vlan 1
Global IGMP Snooping configuration:
-----------------------------------
IGMP snooping :Enabled
IGMPv3 snooping (minimal) :Enabled
Report suppression :Enabled
TCN solicit query :Disabled
TCN flood query count :2
Last member query interval : 100
 
Vlan 1:
--------
IGMP snooping :Enabled
Immediate leave :Disabled
Multicast router learning mode :pim-dvmrp
Source only learning age timer :10
CGMP interoperability mode :IGMP_ONLY
Last member query interval : 100
 

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping
Global IGMP Snooping configuration:
-----------------------------------
IGMP snooping : Enabled
IGMPv3 snooping (minimal) : Enabled
Report suppression : Enabled
TCN solicit query : Disabled
TCN flood query count : 2
Last member query interval : 100
 
Vlan 1:
--------
IGMP snooping :Enabled
Immediate leave :Disabled
Multicast router learning mode :pim-dvmrp
Source only learning age timer :10
CGMP interoperability mode :IGMP_ONLY
Last member query interval : 100
 
Vlan 2:
--------
IGMP snooping :Enabled
Immediate leave :Disabled
Multicast router learning mode :pim-dvmrp
Source only learning age timer :10
CGMP interoperability mode :IGMP_ONLY
Last member query interval : 333
 
<output truncated>

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip igmp snooping

Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval

Enables the IGMP snooping configurable-leave timer.

ip igmp snooping querier

Enables the IGMP querier function in Layer 2 networks.

ip igmp snooping report-suppression

Enables IGMP report suppression.

ip igmp snooping tcn

Configures the IGMP topology change notification behavior.

ip igmp snooping tcn flood

Specifies multicast flooding as the IGMP spanning-tree topology change notification behavior.

ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave

Enables IGMP snooping immediate-leave processing on a VLAN.

ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter

Adds a multicast router port or configures the multicast learning method.

ip igmp snooping vlan static

Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.

show ip igmp snooping groups

Displays the IGMP snooping multicast table for the switch.

show ip igmp snooping mrouter

Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping querier

Displays the configuration and operation information for the IGMP querier configured on a switch.

show ip igmp snooping groups

Use the show ip igmp snooping groups privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping multicast table for the switch or the multicast information. Use with the vlan keyword to display the multicast table for a specified multicast VLAN or specific multicast information.

show ip igmp snooping groups [ count ] [ dynamic ] [ user ] [ vlan vlan-id [ ip_address ]]

 
Syntax Description

count

(Optional) Display the total number of entries for the specified command

options instead of the actual entries.

dynamic

(Optional) Display entries learned by IGMP snooping.

user

Optional) Display only the user-configured multicast entries.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.

ip_address

(Optional) Display characteristics of the multicast group with the specified group IP address.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display multicast information or the multicast table.

VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP snooping.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups command without any keywords. It displays the multicast table for the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups
Vlan Group Type Version Port List
-------------------------------------------------------------
104 224.1.4.2 igmp v2 Gi0/1, Gi0/2
104 224.1.4.3 igmp v2 Gi0/1, Gi0/2
 

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups count command. It displays the total number of multicast groups on the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups count
Total number of multicast groups: 2
 

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups dynamic command. It shows only the entries learned by IGMP snooping.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 1 dynamic
Vlan Group Type Version Port List
-------------------------------------------------------------
104 224.1.4.2 igmp v2 Gi0/1, 0/15
104 224.1.4.3 igmp v2 Gi0/1, 0/15
 

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vlan-id ip-address command. It shows the entries for the group with the specified IP address.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 104 224.1.4.2
Vlan Group Type Version Port List
-------------------------------------------------------------
104 224.1.4.2 igmp v2 Gi0/1, 0/15

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip igmp snooping

Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter

Configures a multicast router port.

ip igmp snooping vlan static

Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.

show ip igmp snooping

Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping mrouter

Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping mrouter

Use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping dynamically learned and manually configured multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.

show ip igmp snooping mrouter [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display multicast router ports on the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP snooping.

When multicast VLAN registration (MVR) is enabled, the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command displays MVR multicast router information and IGMP snooping information.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command. It shows how to display multicast router ports on the switch.

Switch# show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Vlan ports
---- -----
1 Gi0/1(dynamic)

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip igmp snooping

Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter

Adds a multicast router port.

ip igmp snooping vlan static

Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.

show ip igmp snooping

Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN

show ip igmp snooping groups

Displays IGMP snooping multicast information for the switch or for the specified parameter.

show ip igmp snooping querier

Use the show ip igmp snooping querier detail command in EXEC mode to display the configuration and operation information for the IGMP querier configured on a switch.

show ip igmp snooping querier [ detail | vlan vlan-id [ detail ]]

 
Syntax Description

detail

Optional) Display detailed IGMP querier information.

vlan vlan-id [ detail ]

Optional) Display IGMP querier information for the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094. Use the detail keyword to display detailed information.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show ip igmp snooping querier command to display the IGMP version and the IP address of a detected device, also called a querier , t hat sends IGMP query messages. A subnet can have multiple multicast routers but has only one IGMP querier. In a subnet running IGMPv2, one of the multicast routers is elected as the querier. The querier can be a Layer 3 switch.

The show ip igmp snooping querier command output also shows the VLAN and the interface on which the querier was detected. If the querier is the switch, the output shows the Port field as Router. If the querier is a router, the output shows the port number on which the querier is learned in the Port field.

The show ip igmp snooping querier detail command is similar to the show ip igmp snooping querier command. However, the show ip igmp snooping querier command displays only the device IP address most recently detected by the switch querier.

The show ip igmp snooping querier detail command di splays the device IP address most recently detected by the switch querier and this additional information:

  • The elected IGMP querier in the VLAN
  • The configuration and operational information pertaining to the switch querier (if any) that is configured in the VLAN

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier command:

Switch# show ip igmp snooping querier
Vlan IP Address IGMP Version Port
---------------------------------------------------
1 172.20.50.11 v3 Gi0/1
2 172.20.40.20 v2 Router
 

This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier detail command:

Switch# show ip igmp snooping querier detail
 
Vlan IP Address IGMP Version Port
-------------------------------------------------------------
1 1.1.1.1 v2 Fa0/1
 
Global IGMP switch querier status
--------------------------------------------------------
admin state : Enabled
admin version : 2
source IP address : 0.0.0.0
query-interval (sec) : 60
max-response-time (sec) : 10
querier-timeout (sec) : 120
tcn query count : 2
tcn query interval (sec) : 10
 
Vlan 1: IGMP switch querier status
 
--------------------------------------------------------
elected querier is 1.1.1.1 on port Fa0/1
--------------------------------------------------------
admin state : Enabled
admin version : 2
source IP address : 10.1.1.65
query-interval (sec) : 60
max-response-time (sec) : 10
querier-timeout (sec) : 120
tcn query count : 2
tcn query interval (sec) : 10
operational state : Non-Querier
operational version : 2
tcn query pending count : 0

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip igmp snooping

Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

ip igmp snooping querier

Enables the IGMP querier function in Layer 2 networks.

show ip igmp snooping

Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.

show ip source binding

Use the show ip source binding command in EXEC mode to display the IP source bindings on the switch.

show ip source binding [ ip-address ] [ mac-address ] [ dhcp-snooping | static ] [ interface interface-id ] [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

ip-address

(Optional) Display IP source bindings for a specific IP address.

mac-address

(Optional) Display IP source bindings for a specific MAC address.

dhcp-snooping

(Optional) Display IP source bindings that were learned by DHCP snooping.

static

(Optional) Display static IP source bindings.

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display IP source bindings on a specific interface.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display IP source bindings on a specific VLAN.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The show ip source binding command output shows the dynamically and statically configured bindings in the DHCP snooping binding database.

Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding privileged EXEC command to display only the dynamically configured bindings.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip source binding command:

Switch# show ip source binding
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
-------------- --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
00:00:00:0A:00:0B 11.0.0.1 infinite static 10 GigabitEthernet0/1
00:00:00:0A:00:0A 11.0.0.2 10000 dhcp-snooping 10 GigabitEthernet0/1

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip dhcp snooping binding

Configures the DHCP snooping binding database.

ip source binding

Configures static IP source bindings on the switch.

show ip verify source

Use the show ip verify source command in EXEC mode to display the IP source guard configuration on the switch or on a specific interface.

show ip verify source [ interface interface-id ]

 
Syntax Description

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display IP source guard configuration on a specific interface.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ip verify source command:

Switch# show ip verify source
Interface Filter-type Filter-mode IP-address Mac-address Vlan
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ---------
gi0/1 ip active 10.0.0.1 10
gi0/1 ip active deny-all 11-20
gi0/2 ip inactive-trust-port
gi0/3 ip inactive-no-snooping-vlan
gi0/4 ip-mac active 10.0.0.2 aaaa.bbbb.cccc 10
gi0/4 ip-mac active deny-all deny-all 12-20
gi0/4 ip-mac active 11.0.0.1 aaaa.bbbb.cccd 11
gi0/4 ip-mac active deny-all deny-all 12-20
gi0/5 ip-mac active 10.0.0.3 permit-all 10
gi0/5 ip-mac active deny-all permit-all 11-20
 

In the previous example, this is the IP source guard configuration:

  • On the Gigabit Ethernet 1 interface, DHCP snooping is enabled on VLANs 10 to 20. For VLAN 10, IP source guard with IP address filtering is configured on the interface, and a binding exists on the interface. For VLANs 11 to 20, the second entry shows that a default port access control lists (ACLs) is applied on the interface for the VLANs on which IP source guard is not configured.
  • The Gigabit Ethernet 2 interface is configured as trusted for DHCP snooping.
  • On the Gigabit Ethernet 3 interface, DHCP snooping is not enabled on the VLANs to which the interface belongs.
  • On the Gigabit Ethernet 4 interface, IP source guard with source IP and MAC address filtering is enabled, and static IP source bindings are configured on VLANs 10 and 11. For VLANs 12 to 20, the default port ACL is applied on the interface for the VLANs on which IP source guard is not configured.
  • On the Gigabit Ethernet 5 interface, IP source guard with source IP and MAC address filtering is enabled and configured with a static IP binding, but port security is disabled. The switch cannot filter source MAC addresses.

This is an example of output on an interface on which IP source guard is disabled:

Switch# show ip verify source gigabitethernet 0/6
IP source guard is not configured on the interface gi0/6.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ip verify source

Enables IP source guard on an interface.

show ipv6 mld snooping

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping command in EXEC mode to display IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.

show ipv6 mld snooping [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(40)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display MLD snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 global configuration command and reload the switch (Catalyst 2960 switches only).

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image. A Catalyst 2960 switch must also have the dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template configured (not required on Catalyst 2960-S switches).

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping vlan command. It shows snooping characteristics for a specific VLAN.

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping vlan 100
Global MLD Snooping configuration:
-------------------------------------------
MLD snooping : Enabled
MLDv2 snooping (minimal) : Enabled
Listener message suppression : Enabled
TCN solicit query : Disabled
TCN flood query count : 2
Robustness variable : 3
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
Vlan 100:
--------
MLD snooping : Disabled
MLDv1 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
Robustness variable : 3
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
 

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping
Global MLD Snooping configuration:
-------------------------------------------
MLD snooping : Enabled
MLDv2 snooping (minimal) : Enabled
Listener message suppression : Enabled
TCN solicit query : Disabled
TCN flood query count : 2
Robustness variable : 3
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
 
Vlan 1:
--------
MLD snooping : Disabled
MLDv1 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
Robustness variable : 1
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
 
<output truncated>
 
Vlan 951:
--------
MLD snooping : Disabled
MLDv1 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
Robustness variable : 3
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ipv6 mld snooping

Enables and configures MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

sdm prefer

Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

show ipv6 mld snooping address

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping address command in EXEC mode to display all or specified IP version 6 (IPv6) multicast address information maintained by Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping.

show ipv6 mld snooping address [[ vlan vlan-id ] [ ipv6 address ]] [ vlan vlan-id ] [ count | dynamic | user ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify a VLAN about which to show MLD snooping multicast address information. The VLAN ID range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.

ipv6-multicast-address

(Optional) Display information about the specified IPv6 multicast address. This keyword is only available when a VLAN ID is entered.

count

(Optional) Display the number of multicast groups on the switch or in the specified VLAN.

dynamic

(Optional) Display MLD snooping learned group information.

user

(Optional) Display MLD snooping user-configured group information.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(40)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display IPv6 multicast address information.

You can enter an IPv6 multicast address only after you enter a VLAN ID.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

Use the dynamic keyword to display information only about groups that are learned. Use the user keyword to display information only about groups that have been configured.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 global configuration command and reload the switch (Catalyst 2960 switches only).

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image. A Catalyst 2960 switch must also have the dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template configured (not required on Catalyst 2960-S switches).

Examples

This is an example of output from the show snooping address command:

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping address

Vlan Group Type Version Port List
-------------------------------------------------------------
2 FF12::3 user Fa0/2, Gi0/2, Gi0/1,Gi0/3
 

This is an example of output from the show snooping address count command:

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping address count
Total number of multicast groups: 2
 

This is an example of output from the show snooping address user command:

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping address user
Vlan Group Type Version Port List
-------------------------------------------------------------
2 FF12::3 user v2 Fa0/2, Gi0/2, Gi0/1,Gi0/3
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ipv6 mld snooping vlan

Configures IPv6 MLD snooping on a VLAN.

sdm prefer

Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter command in EXEC mode to display dynamically learned and manually configured IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) router ports for the switch or a VLAN.

show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)SED

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use this command to display MLD snooping router ports for the switch or for a specific VLAN.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 global configuration command and reload the switch (Catalyst 2960 switches only).

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image. A Catalyst 2960 switch must also have the dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template configured (not required on Catalyst 2960-S switches).

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch that are participating in MLD snooping.

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter
Vlan ports
---- -----
2 Gi0/11(dynamic)
72 Gi0/11(dynamic)
200 Gi0/11(dynamic)
 

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan command. It shows multicast router ports for a specific VLAN.

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan 100
Vlan ports
---- -----
2 Gi0/11(dynamic)

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ipv6 mld snooping

Enables and configures MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

ipv6 mld snooping vlan mrouter interface interface-id | static ipv6-multicast-address interface interface-id ]

Configures multicast router ports for a VLAN.

sdm prefer

Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

show ipv6 mld snooping querier

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command in EXEC mode to display IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping querier-related information most recently received by the switch or the VLAN.

show ipv6 mld snooping querier [ vlan vlan-id ] [ detail ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.

detail

(Optional) Display MLD snooping detailed querier information for the switch or for the VLAN.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(40)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command to display the MLD version and IPv6 address of a detected device that sends MLD query messages, which is also called a querier. A subnet can have multiple multicast routers but has only one MLD querier. The querier can be a Layer 3 switch.

The show ipv6 mld snooping querier command output also shows the VLAN and interface on which the querier was detected. If the querier is the switch, the output shows the Port field as Router. If the querier is a router, the output shows the port number on which the querier is learned in the Port field.

The output of the show ipv6 mld snoop querier vlan command displays the information received in response to a query message from an external or internal querier. It does not display user-configured VLAN values, such as the snooping robustness variable on the particular VLAN. This querier information is used only on the MASQ message that is sent by the switch. It does not override the user-configured robustness variable that is used for aging out a member that does not respond to query messages.

VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.

To configure the dual IPv4 and IPv6 template, enter the sdm prefer dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 global configuration command and reload the switch (Catalyst 2960 switches only).

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image. A Catalyst 2960 switch must also have the dual IPv4 and IPv6 Switch Database Management (SDM) template configured (not required on Catalyst 2960-S switches).

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command:

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping querier
Vlan IP Address MLD Version Port
-------------------------------------------------------------
2 FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000 v1 Gi0/1
 

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier detail command:

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping querier detail
Vlan IP Address MLD Version Port
-------------------------------------------------------------
2 FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000 v1 Gi0/1
 

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan command:

Switch# show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan 2
IP address : FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000
MLD version : v1
Port : Gi0/1
Max response time : 1000s

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

ipv6 mld snooping

Enables and configures IPv6 MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

ipv6 mld snooping last-listener-query-count

Configures the maximum number of queries that the switch sends before aging out an MLD client.

ipv6 mld snooping last-listener-query-interval

Configures the maximum response time after sending out a query that the switch waits before deleting a port from the multicast group.

ipv6 mld snooping robustness-variable

Configures the maximum number of queries that the switch sends before aging out a multicast address when there is no response.

sdm prefer

Configures an SDM template to optimize system resources based on how the switch is being used.

ipv6 mld snooping

Enables and configures IPv6 MLD snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.

show ipv6 route updated

Use the show ipv6 route updated command in EXEC mode to display the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.

show ipv6 route [ protocol ] updated [ boot-up ]{ hh:mm | day { month [ hh:mm ]} [{ hh:mm | day { month [ hh:mm ]}]

 
Syntax Description

protocol

(Optional) Displays routes for the specified routing protocol using any of these keywords:

  • bgp
  • isis
  • ospf
  • rip

or displays routes for the specified type of route using any of these keywords:

  • connected
  • local
  • static
  • interface interface id

boot-up

Display the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.

hh:mm

Enter the time as a 2-digit number for a 24-hour clock. Make sure to use the colons (:). For example, enter 13:32

day

Enter the day of the month. The range is from 1 to 31.

month

Enter the month in upper case or lower case letters. You can enter the full name of the month, such as January or august, or the first three letters of the month, such as jan or Aug.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(40)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show ipv6 route privileged EXEC command to display the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show ipv6 route updated rip command.

Switch# show ipv6 route rip updated
IPv6 Routing Table - 12 entries
Codes: C - Connected, L - Local, S - Static, U - Per-user Static route
B - BGP, R - RIP, I1 - ISIS L1, I2 - ISIS L2
IA - ISIS interarea, IS - ISIS summary
O - OSPF Intra, OI - OSPF Inter, OE1 - OSPF ext 1, OE2 - OSPF ext 2
ON1 - OSPF NSSA ext 1, ON2 - OSPF NSSA ext 2
R 2001::/64 [120/2]
via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:8D01, GigabitEthernet0/1
Last updated 10:31:10 27 February 2007
R 2004::/64 [120/2]
via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet0/2
Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007
R 4000::/64 [120/2]
via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet0/3
Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007
R 5000::/64 [120/2]
via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet0/4
Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007
R 5001::/64 [120/2]
via FE80::A8BB:CCFF:FE00:9001, GigabitEthernet0/5
Last updated 17:23:05 22 February 2007

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show ipv6 route

Displays the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.

show lacp

Use the show lacp command in EXEC mode to display Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) channel-group information.

show lacp [ channel-group-number ] { counters | internal | neighbor | sys-id }

 
Syntax Description

channel-group-number

(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 6.

counters

Display traffic information.

internal

Display internal information.

neighbor

Display neighbor information.

sys-id

Display the system identifier that is being used by LACP. The system identifier is made up of the LACP system priority and the switch MAC address.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

You can enter any show lacp command to display the active channel-group information. To display specific channel information, enter the show lacp command with a channel-group number.

If you do not specify a channel group, information for all channel groups appears.

You can enter the channel-group-number option to specify a channel group for all keywords except sys-id.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show lacp counters command. Table 1-15 describes the fields in the display.

Switch# show lacp counters
LACPDUs Marker Marker Response LACPDUs
Port Sent Recv Sent Recv Sent Recv Pkts Err
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Channel group:1
Gi0/1 19 10 0 0 0 0 0
Gi0/2 14 6 0 0 0 0 0
 

 

Table 1-15 show lacp counters Field Descriptions

Field
Description

LACPDUs Sent and Recv

The number of LACP packets sent and received by a port.

Marker Sent and Recv

The number of LACP marker packets sent and received by a port.

Marker Response Sent and Recv

The number of LACP marker response packets sent and received by a port.

LACPDUs Pkts and Err

The number of unknown and illegal packets received by LACP for a port.

This is an example of output from the show lacp internal command:

Switch# show lacp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs
F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode P - Device is in Passive mode
 
Channel group 1
LACP port Admin Oper Port Port
Port Flags State Priority Key Key Number State
Gi0/1 SA bndl 32768 0x3 0x3 0x4 0x3D
Gi0/2 SA bndl 32768 0x3 0x3 0x5 0x3D
 

Table 1-16 describes the fields in the display:

 

Table 1-16 show lacp internal Field Descriptions

Field
Description

State

State of the specific port. These are the allowed values:

  • – —Port is in an unknown state.
  • bndl —Port is attached to an aggregator and bundled with other ports.
  • susp —Port is in a suspended state; it is not attached to any aggregator.
  • hot-sby —Port is in a hot-standby state.
  • indiv —Port is incapable of bundling with any other port.
  • indep —Port is in an independent state (not bundled but able to switch data traffic. In this case, LACP is not running on the partner port).
  • down —Port is down.

LACP Port Priority

Port priority setting. LACP uses the port priority to put ports s in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.

Admin Key

Administrative key assigned to this port. LACP automatically generates an administrative key value as a hexadecimal number. The administrative key defines the ability of a port to aggregate with other ports. A port’s ability to aggregate with other ports is determined by the port physical characteristics (for example, data rate and duplex capability) and configuration restrictions that you establish.

Oper Key

Runtime operational key that is being used by this port. LACP automatically generates this value as a hexadecimal number.

Port Number

Port number.

Port State

State variables for the port, encoded as individual bits within a single octet with these meanings:

  • bit0: LACP_Activity
  • bit1: LACP_Timeout
  • bit2: Aggregation
  • bit3: Synchronization
  • bit4: Collecting
  • bit5: Distributing
  • bit6: Defaulted
  • bit7: Expired

Note In the list above, bit7 is the MSB and bit0 is the LSB.

This is an example of output from the show lacp neighbor command:

Switch# show lacp neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode P - Device is in Passive mode
 
Channel group 3 neighbors
 
Partner’s information:
 
Partner Partner Partner
Port System ID Port Number Age Flags
Gi0/1 32768,0007.eb49.5e80 0xC 19s SP
 
LACP Partner Partner Partner
Port Priority Oper Key Port State
32768 0x3 0x3C
 
Partner’s information:
 
Partner Partner Partner
Port System ID Port Number Age Flags
Gi0/2 32768,0007.eb49.5e80 0xD 15s SP
 
LACP Partner Partner Partner
Port Priority Oper Key Port State
32768 0x3 0x3C
 

This is an example of output from the show lacp sys-id command:

Switch# show lacp sys-id
32765,0002.4b29.3a00
 

The system identification is made up of the system priority and the system MAC address. The first two bytes are the system priority, and the last six bytes are the globally administered individual MAC address associated to the system.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear lacp

Clears the LACP channel-group information.

lacp port-priority

Configures the LACP port priority.

lacp system-priority

Configures the LACP system priority.

show link state group

Use the show link state group privileged EXEC command to display the link-state group information.

show link state group [ number ] [ detail ]

 
Syntax Description

number

(Optional) Number of the link-state group.

detail

(Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.

 
Defaults

There is no default.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)SEE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show link state group command to display the link-state group information. Enter this command without keywords to display information about all link-state groups. Enter the group number to display information specific to the group.

Enter the detail keyword to display detailed information about the group. The output for the show link state group detail command displays only those link-state groups that have link-state tracking enabled or that have upstream or downstream interfaces (or both) configured. If there is no link-state group configuration for a group, it is not shown as enabled or disabled.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show link state group 1 command:

Switch# show link state group 1
Link State Group: 1 Status: Enabled, Down
 

This is an example of output from the show link state group detail command:

Switch# show link state group detail
(Up):Interface up (Dwn):Interface Down (Dis):Interface disabled
 
Link State Group: 1 Status: Enabled, Down
Upstream Interfaces : Gi0/15(Dwn) Gi0/16(Dwn)
Downstream Interfaces : Gi0/11(Dis) Gi0/12(Dis) Gi0/13(Dis) Gi0/14(Dis)
 
Link State Group: 2 Status: Enabled, Down
Upstream Interfaces : Gi0/15(Dwn) Gi0/16(Dwn) Gi0/17(Dwn)
Downstream Interfaces : Gi0/11(Dis) Gi0/12(Dis) Gi0/13(Dis) Gi0/14(Dis)
 
(Up):Interface up (Dwn):Interface Down (Dis):Interface disabled
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

link state group

Configures an interface as a member of a link-state group.

link state track

Enables a link-state group.

show running-config

Displays the current operating configuration.

show location

Use the show location command in EXEC mode to display location information for an endpoint.

show location admin-tag

show location civic-location { identifier id number | interface interface-id | static }

show location elin-location { identifier id number | interface interface-id | static }

 
Syntax Description

admin-tag

Display administrative tag or site information.

civic-location

Display civic location information.

elin-location

Display emergency location information (ELIN).

identifier id

Specify the ID for the civic location or the elin location. The id range is 1 to 4095.

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display location information for the specified interface or all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical ports.

static

Display static configuration information.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show location command to display location information for an endpoint.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show location civic-location command that displays location information for an interface:

Switch# show location civic interface gigibitethernet0/1
Civic location information
--------------------------
Identifier : 1
County : Santa Clara
Street number : 3550
Building : 19
Room : C6
Primary road name : Cisco Way
City : San Jose
State : CA
Country : US

 

This is an example of output from the show location civic-location command that displays all the civic location information:

Switch# show location civic-location static
Civic location information
--------------------------
Identifier : 1
County : Santa Clara
Street number : 3550
Building : 19
Room : C6
Primary road name : Cisco Way
City : San Jose
State : CA
Country : US
Ports : Gi0/1
--------------------------
Identifier : 2
Street number : 24568
Street number suffix : West
Landmark : Golden Gate Bridge
Primary road name : 19th Ave
City : San Francisco
Country : US
--------------------------
 
This is an example of output from the show location elin-location command that displays the emergency location information:
 
Switch# show location elin-location identifier 1
Elin location information
--------------------------
Identifier : 1
Elin : 14085553881
Ports : Gi0/2
 
This is an example of output from the show location elin static command that displays all emergency location information:
 
Switch# show location elin static
Elin location information
--------------------------
Identifier : 1
Elin : 14085553881
Ports : Gi0/2
--------------------------
Identifier : 2
Elin : 18002228999
--------------------------

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

location (global configuration)

Configures the global location information for an endpoint.

location (interface configuration)

Configures the location information for an interface.

show logging onboard

Use the show logging onboard privileged EXEC command to display the on-board failure logging (OBFL) information.

show logging onboard [ module [ switch-number ]] {{ clilog | environment | message | poe | temperature | uptime | voltage } [ continuous | detail | summary ] [ start hh:mm:ss day month year ] [ end hh:mm:ss day month year ]}

 
Syntax DescriptionT

module [ switch-number ]

(Optional) Display OBFL information about the specified switches.

Use the switch-number parameter to specify the switch number, which is the stack member number. If the switch is a standalone switch, the switch number is 1. If the switch is in a stack, the range is 1 to 8, depending on the switch member numbers in the stack.

For more information about this parameter, see the “Usage Guidelines” section for this command.

clilog

Display the OBFL CLI commands that were entered on the standalone switch or specified stack members.

environment

Display the unique device identifier (UDI) information for the standalone switch or specified stack members and for all the connected FRU devices: the product identification (PID), the version identification (VID), and the serial number.

message

Display the hardware-related system messages generated by the standalone switch or specified stack members.

poe

Display the power consumption of PoE ports on the standalone switch or specified stack members.

temperature

Display the temperature of the standalone switch or specified stack members.

uptime

Display the time when the standalone switch or specified stack members start, the reason the standalone switch or specified members restart, and the length of time the standalone switch or specified stack members have been running since they last restarted.

voltage

Display the system voltages of the standalone switch or the specified switch stack members.

continuous

(Optional) Display the data in the continuous file.

summary

(Optional) Display the data in the summary file.

start hh:mm:ss day month year

(Optional) Display the data from the specified time and date. For more information, see the “Usage Guidelines” section.

end hh:mm:ss day month year

(Optional) Display the data up to the specified time and date. For more information, see the “Usage Guidelines” section.

detail

(Optional) Display both the continuous and summary data.

 
Command Default

There is no default.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(53)SE1

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

When OBFL is enabled, the switch records OBFL data in a continuous file that contains all of the data. The continuous file is circular. When the continuous file is full, the switch combines the data into a summary file, which is also known as a historical file. Creating the summary file frees up space in the continuous file so that the switch can write newer data to it.

If you enter the module keyword but do not enter the switch number, the switch displays OBFL information about the stack members that support OBFL.

Use the start and end keywords to display data collected only during a particular time period. When specifying the start and end times, follow these guidelines:

  • hh:mm:ss —Enter the time as a 2-digit number for a 24-hour clock. Make sure to use the colons (:). For example, enter 13:32:45.
  • day —Enter the day of the month. The range is from 1 to 31.
  • month —Enter the month in upper case or lower case letters. You can enter the full name of the month, such as January or august, or the first three letters of the month, such as jan or Aug.
  • year —Enter the year as a 4-digit number, such as 2008. The range is from 1993 to 2035.

Note This command is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show logging onboard clilog continuous command:

Switch# show logging onboard clilog continuous
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLI LOGGING CONTINUOUS INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS COMMAND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05/12/2006 15:33:17 show logging onboard temperature detail
05/12/2006 15:33:21 show logging onboard voltage detail
05/12/2006 15:33:32 show logging onboard poe detail
05/12/2006 16:14:09 show logging onboard temperature summary
...
<output truncated>
....
05/16/2006 13:07:53 no hw-module module logging onboard message level
05/16/2006 13:16:13 show logging onboard uptime continuous
05/16/2006 13:39:18 show logging onboard uptime summary
05/16/2006 13:45:57 show logging onboard clilog summary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

This is an example of output from the show logging onboard message command:

Switch# show logging onboard message
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERROR MESSAGE SUMMARY INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Facility-Sev-Name | Count | Persistence Flag
MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No historical data to display
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

This is an example of output from the show logging onboard poe continuous end 01:01:00 jan 2000 command on a switch:

Switch# show logging onboard poe continuous end 01:01:00 1 jan 2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POE CONTINUOUS INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sensor | ID |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gi1/0/1 1
Gi1/0/2 2
Gi1/0/3 3
Gi1/0/4 4
...
<output truncated>
...
Gi1/0/21 21
Gi1/0/22 22
Gi1/0/23 23
Gi1/0/24 24
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Time Stamp |Sensor Watts
MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS | Gi1/0/1 Gi1/0/2 Gi1/0/3 Gi1/0/4 Gi1/0/5 Gi1/0/6 Gi1/0/7 Gi1/0/8 Gi1/0/9 Gi1/0/10 Gi1/0/11 Gi1/0/12 Gi1/0/13 Gi1/0/14 Gi1/0/15 Gi1/0/16 Gi1/0/17 Gi1/0/18 Gi1/0/19 Gi1/0/20 Gi1/0/21 Gi1/0/22 Gi1/0/23 Gi1/0/24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
03/01/1993 00:04:03 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0 00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0. 000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
03/01/1993 00:05:03 0.000 1.862 0.000 1.862 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

This is an example of output from the show logging onboard status command:

Switch# show logging onboard status
Devices registered with infra
Slot no.: 0 Subslot no.: 0, Device obfl0:
Application name clilog :
Path : obfl0:
CLI enable status : enabled
Platform enable status: enabled
Application name environment :
Path : obfl0:
CLI enable status : enabled
Platform enable status: enabled
Application name errmsg :
Path : obfl0:
CLI enable status : enabled
Platform enable status: enabled
Application name poe :
Path : obfl0:
CLI enable status : enabled
Platform enable status: enabled
Application name temperature :
Path : obfl0:
CLI enable status : enabled
Platform enable status: enabled
Application name uptime :
Path : obfl0:
CLI enable status : enabled
Platform enable status: enabled
Application name voltage :
Path : obfl0:
CLI enable status : enabled
Platform enable status: enabled
 

This is an example of output from the show logging onboard temperature continuous command:

Switch# show logging onboard temperature continuous
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEMPERATURE CONTINUOUS INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sensor | ID |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Board temperature 1
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Time Stamp |Sensor Temperature 0C
MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05/12/2006 15:33:20 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 16:31:21 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 17:31:21 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 18:31:21 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 19:31:21 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 20:31:21 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 21:29:22 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 22:29:22 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/12/2006 23:29:22 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 00:29:22 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 01:29:22 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 02:27:23 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 03:27:23 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 04:27:23 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 05:27:23 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 06:27:23 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 07:25:24 36 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
05/13/2006 08:25:24 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show logging onboard uptime summary command:

Switch# show logging onboard uptime summary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UPTIME SUMMARY INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First customer power on : 03/01/1993 00:03:50
Total uptime : 0 years 0 weeks 3 days 21 hours 55 minutes
Total downtime : 0 years 0 weeks 0 days 0 hours 0 minutes
Number of resets : 2
Number of slot changes : 1
Current reset reason : 0x0
Current reset timestamp : 03/01/1993 00:03:28
Current slot : 1
Current uptime : 0 years 0 weeks 0 days 0 hours 55 minutes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reset | |
Reason | Count |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No historical data to display
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

This is an example of output from the show logging onboard voltage summary command:

Switch# show logging onboard voltage summary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VOLTAGE SUMMARY INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of sensors : 8
Sampling frequency : 60 seconds
Maximum time of storage : 3600 minutes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sensor | ID | Maximum Voltage
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.00V 0 12.567
5.00V 1 5.198
3.30V 2 3.439
2.50V 3 2.594
1.50V 4 1.556
1.20V 5 1.239
1.00V 6 0.980
0.75V 7 0.768
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nominal Range Sensor ID
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No historical data to display
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear logging onboard

Removes the OBFL data in the flash memory.

hw-module module [ switch-number ] logging onboard

Enables OBFL.

show mac access-group

Use the show mac access-group command in EXEC mode to display the MAC access control lists (ACLs) configured for an interface or a switch.

show mac access-group [ interface interface-id ]

 
Syntax Description

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display the MAC ACLs configured on a specific interface. Valid interfaces are physical ports and port channels; the port-channel range is 1 to 6 (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac-access group command. Port 2 has the MAC access list macl_e1 applied; no MAC ACLs are applied to other interfaces.

Switch# show mac access-group
Interface GigabitEthernet0/1:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet0/2:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
Interface GigabitEthernet0/3:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet0/4:
Inbound access-list is not set
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show mac access-group interface command:

Switch# show mac access-group interface gigabitethernet0/1
Interface GigabitEthernet0/1:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mac access-group

Applies a MAC access group to an interface.

show mac address-table

Use the show mac address-table command in EXEC mode to display a specific MAC address table static and dynamic entry or the MAC address table static and dynamic entries on a specific interface or VLAN.

show mac address-table

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table command:

Switch# show mac address-table
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
All 0000.0000.0001 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0002 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0003 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0009 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0012 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000b STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000c STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000d STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000e STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000f STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0010 STATIC CPU
1 0030.9441.6327 DYNAMIC Gi0/4
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 12

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear mac address-table dynamic

Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification

Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table address

Use the show mac address-table address command in EXEC mode to display MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table address mac-address [ interface interface-id ] [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

mac-address

Specify the 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H.

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display information for a specific interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display entries for the specific VLAN only. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table address command:

Switch# show mac address-table address 0002.4b28.c482
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
 
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
All 0002.4b28.c482 STATIC CPU
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 1

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification

Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table aging-time

Use the show mac address-table aging-time command in EXEC mode to display the aging time of a specific address table instance, all address table instances on a specified VLAN or, if a specific VLAN is not specified, on all VLANs.

show mac address-table aging-time [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display aging time information for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If no VLAN number is specified, the aging time for all VLANs appears.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time command:

Switch# show mac address-table aging-time
Vlan Aging Time
---- ----------
1 300
 

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10 command:

Switch# show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10
Vlan Aging Time
---- ----------
10 300
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mac address-table aging-time

Sets the length of time that a dynamic entry remains in the MAC address table after the entry is used or updated.

show mac address-table address

Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification

Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Use the show mac address-table count command in EXEC mode to display the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display the number of addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If no VLAN number is specified, the address count for all VLANs appears.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table count command:

Switch# show mac address-table count
Mac Entries for Vlan : 1
---------------------------
Dynamic Address Count : 2
Static Address Count : 0
Total Mac Addresses : 2

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show mac address-table address

Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification

Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Use the show mac address-table dynamic command in EXEC mode to display only dynamic MAC address table entries.

show mac address-table dynamic [ address mac-address ] [ interface interface-id ] [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

address mac-address

(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H (available in privileged EXEC mode only).

interface interface-id

(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table dynamic command:

Switch# show mac address-table dynamic
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
 
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
1 0030.b635.7862 DYNAMIC Gi0/2
1 00b0.6496.2741 DYNAMIC Gi0/2
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 2

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear mac address-table dynamic

Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.

show mac address-table address

Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table interface

Use the show mac address-table interface user command to display the MAC address table information for the specified interface in the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table interface interface-id [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

Specify an interface type; valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table interface command:

Switch# show mac address-table interface gigabitethernet0/2
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
 
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
1 0030.b635.7862 DYNAMIC Gi0/2
1 00b0.6496.2741 DYNAMIC Gi0/2
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 2

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show mac address-table address

Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table notification

Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table learning

Use the show mac address-table learning command in EXEC mode to display the status of MAC address learning for all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table learning [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display information for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(46)SE1

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show mac address-table learning command without any keywords to display configured VLANs and whether MAC address learning is enabled or disabled on them. The default is that MAC address learning is enabled on all VLANs. Use the command with a specific VLAN ID to display the learning status on an individual VLAN.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table learning command showing that MAC address learning is disabled on VLAN 200:

Switch# show mac address-table learning
VLAN Learning Status
---- ---------------
1 yes
100 yes
200 no

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mac address-table learning vlan

Enables or disables MAC address learning on a VLAN.

show mac address-table move update

Use the show mac address-table move update command in EXEC mode to display the MAC address-table move update information on the switch.

show mac address-table move update

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)SED

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table move update command:

Switch# show mac address-table move update
Switch-ID : 010b.4630.1780
Dst mac-address : 0180.c200.0010
Vlans/Macs supported : 1023/8320
Default/Current settings: Rcv Off/On, Xmt Off/On
Max packets per min : Rcv 40, Xmt 60
Rcv packet count : 10
Rcv conforming packet count : 5
Rcv invalid packet count : 0
Rcv packet count this min : 0
Rcv threshold exceed count : 0
Rcv last sequence# this min : 0
Rcv last interface : Po2
Rcv last src-mac-address : 0003.fd6a.8701
Rcv last switch-ID : 0303.fd63.7600
Xmt packet count : 0
Xmt packet count this min : 0
Xmt threshold exceed count : 0
Xmt pak buf unavail cnt : 0
Xmt last interface : None
switch#

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear mac address-table move update

Clears the MAC address-table move update counters.

mac address-table move update { receive | transmit }

Configures MAC address-table move update on the switch.

show mac address-table notification

Use the show mac address-table notification command in EXEC mode to display the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification { change [ interface [ interface-id ] | mac-move | threshold }

 
Syntax Description

change

Display the MAC change notification feature parameters and the history table.

interface

(Optional) Display information for all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

interface-id

(Optional) Display information for the specified interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

mac-move

Display status for MAC address move notifications.

threshold

Display status for MAC-address table threshold monitoring.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(40)SE

The change, mac-move, and threshold keywords were added.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the show mac address-table notification change command without keywords to see if the MAC address change notification feature is enabled or disabled, the MAC notification interval, the maximum number of entries allowed in the history table, and the history table contents.

Use the interface keyword to display the notifications for all interfaces. If the interface-id is included, only the flags for that interface appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table notification change command:

Switch# show mac address-table notification change
MAC Notification Feature is Enabled on the switch
Interval between Notification Traps : 60 secs
Number of MAC Addresses Added : 4
Number of MAC Addresses Removed : 4
Number of Notifications sent to NMS : 3
Maximum Number of entries configured in History Table : 100
Current History Table Length : 3
MAC Notification Traps are Enabled
History Table contents
----------------------
History Index 0, Entry Timestamp 1032254, Despatch Timestamp 1032254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0 Port: 1
 
History Index 1, Entry Timestamp 1038254, Despatch Timestamp 1038254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0 Port: 1
 
History Index 2, Entry Timestamp 1074254, Despatch Timestamp 1074254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0 Port: 1

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear mac address-table notification

Clears the MAC address notification global counters.

mac address-table notification

Enables the MAC address notification feature for MAC address changes, moves, or address-table thresholds.

show mac address-table address

Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table static

Use the show mac address-table static command in EXEC mode to display only static MAC address table entries.

show mac address-table static [ address mac-address ] [ interface interface-id ] [ vlan vlan-id ]

 
Syntax Description

address mac-address

(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H (available in privileged EXEC mode only).

interface interface-id

(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table static command:

Switch# show mac address-table static
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
 
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
All 0100.0ccc.cccc STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0000 STATIC CPU
All 0100.0ccc.cccd STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0001 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0004 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0005 STATIC CPU
4 0001.0002.0004 STATIC Drop
6 0001.0002.0007 STATIC Drop
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 8

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mac address-table static

Adds static addresses to the MAC address table.

mac address-table static drop

Enables unicast MAC address filtering and configures the switch to drop traffic with a specific source or destination MAC address.

show mac address-table address

Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification

Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table vlan

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table vlan

Use the show mac address-table vlan command in EXEC mode to display the MAC address table information for the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table vlan vlan-id

 
Syntax Description

vlan-id

(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mac address-table vlan 1 command:

Switch# show mac address-table vlan 1
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
 
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
1 0100.0ccc.cccc STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0000 STATIC CPU
1 0100.0ccc.cccd STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0001 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0002 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0003 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0005 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0006 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0007 STATIC CPU
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 9

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

show mac address-table address

Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC address.

show mac address-table aging-time

Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table count

Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.

show mac address-table dynamic

Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.

show mac address-table interface

Displays the MAC address table information for the specified interface.

show mac address-table notification

Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.

show mac address-table static

Displays static MAC address table entries only.

show mls qos

Use the show mls qos command in EXEC mode to display global quality of service (QoS) configuration information.

show mls qos

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos command when QoS is enabled and DSCP transparency is enabled:

Switch# show mls qos
QoS is enabled
QoS ip packet dscp rewrite is enabled

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mls qos

Enables QoS for the entire switch.

show mls qos aggregate-policer

Use the show mls qos aggregate-policer command in EXEC mode to display the quality of service (QoS) aggregate policer configuration.

show mls qos aggregate-policer [ aggregate-policer-name ]

 
Syntax Description

aggregate-policer-name

(Optional) Display the policer configuration for the specified name.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission, a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos aggregate-policer command:

Switch# show mls qos aggregate-policer policer1
aggregate-policer policer1 1000000 2000000 exceed-action drop
Not used by any policy map

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mls qos aggregate-policer

Defines policer parameters that can be shared by multiple classes within a policy map.

show mls qos input-queue

Use the show mls qos input-queue command in EXEC mode to display quality of service (QoS) settings for the ingress queues.

show mls qos input-queue

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos input-queue command:

Switch# show mls qos input-queue
Queue : 1 2
----------------------------------------------
buffers : 90 10
bandwidth : 4 4
priority : 0 10
threshold1: 100 100
threshold2: 100 100

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth

Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress queue.

mls qos srr-queue input buffers

Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map

Maps assigned class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue and assigns CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map

Maps assigned Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an ingress queue and assigns DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue

Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees bandwidth.

mls qos srr-queue input threshold

Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue.

show mls qos interface

Use the show mls qos interface command in EXEC mode to display quality of service (QoS) information at the port level.

show mls qos interface [ interface-id ] [ buffers | queueing | statistics ]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

(Optional) Display QoS information for the specified port. Valid interfaces include physical ports.

buffers

(Optional) Display the buffer allocation among the queues.

queueing

(Optional) Display the queueing strategy (shared or shaped) and the weights corresponding to the queues.

statistics

(Optional) Display statistics for sent and received Differentiated Services Code Points (DSCPs) and class of service (CoS) values, the number of packets enqueued or dropped per egress queue, and the number of in-profile and out-of-profile packets for each policer.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Though visible in the command-line help string, the policer keyword is not supported.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id buffers command:

Switch# show mls qos interface gigabitethernet0/2 buffers
GigabitEthernet0/2
The port is mapped to qset : 1
The allocations between the queues are : 25 25 25 25
 

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id queueing command. The egress expedite queue overrides the configured shaped round robin (SRR) weights.

Switch# show mls qos interface gigabitethernet0/2 queueing
GigabitEthernet0/2
Egress Priority Queue :enabled
Shaped queue weights (absolute) : 25 0 0 0
Shared queue weights : 25 25 25 25
The port bandwidth limit : 100 (Operational Bandwidth:100.0)
The port is mapped to qset : 1
 

This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id statistics command. Table 1-17 describes the fields in this display.

Note These counters do not count SPAN packets.

The CLI "show mls qos interface statistics" output displays all 0 on

SPAN dest port. Counters do not increase on SPAN dest port.

[Span Dest port]
Switch# show mls qos interface fastEthernet 0/14 statistics
 
FastEthernet0/14 (All statistics are in packets)
 
 
dscp: incoming
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 0 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 0 0 0 0 0
10 - 14 : 0 0 0 0 0
15 - 19 : 0 0 0 0 0
20 - 24 : 0 0 0 0 0
25 - 29 : 0 0 0 0 0
30 - 34 : 0 0 0 0 0
35 - 39 : 0 0 0 0 0
40 - 44 : 0 0 0 0 0
45 - 49 : 0 0 0 0 0
50 - 54 : 0 0 0 0 0
55 - 59 : 0 0 0 0 0
60 - 64 : 0 0 0 0
dscp: outgoing
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 0 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 0 0 0 0 0
10 - 14 : 0 0 0 0 0
15 - 19 : 0 0 0 0 0
20 - 24 : 0 0 0 0 0
25 - 29 : 0 0 0 0 0
30 - 34 : 0 0 0 0 0
35 - 39 : 0 0 0 0 0
40 - 44 : 0 0 0 0 0
45 - 49 : 0 0 0 0 0
50 - 54 : 0 0 0 0 0
55 - 59 : 0 0 0 0 0
60 - 64 : 0 0 0 0
cos: incoming
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 2 0 0 0 0
5 - 7 : 0 0 0
cos: outgoing
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 0 0 0 0 0
5 - 7 : 0 0 0
output queues enqueued:
queue: threshold1 threshold2 threshold3
-----------------------------------------------
queue 0: 2 0 0
queue 1: 0 0 95
queue 2: 0 0 0
queue 3: 0 0 125884
 
output queues dropped:
queue: threshold1 threshold2 threshold3
-----------------------------------------------
queue 0: 0 0 0
queue 1: 0 0 0
queue 2: 0 0 0
queue 3: 0 0 0
 
Policer: Inprofile: 0 OutofProfile: 0
 
 
[Span source port]
Switch# show mls qos interface FastEthernet 0/20 statistics
 
FastEthernet0/20 (All statistics are in packets)
 
dscp: incoming
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 3 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 0 0 0 0 0
10 - 14 : 0 0 0 0 0
15 - 19 : 0 0 0 0 0
20 - 24 : 0 0 0 0 0
25 - 29 : 0 0 0 0 0
30 - 34 : 0 0 0 0 0
35 - 39 : 0 0 0 0 0
40 - 44 : 0 0 0 0 0
45 - 49 : 0 0 0 0 0
50 - 54 : 0 0 0 0 0
55 - 59 : 0 0 0 0 0
60 - 64 : 0 0 0 0
dscp: outgoing
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 0 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 0 0 0 0 0
10 - 14 : 0 0 0 0 0
15 - 19 : 0 0 0 0 0
20 - 24 : 0 0 0 0 0
25 - 29 : 0 0 0 0 0
30 - 34 : 0 0 0 0 0
35 - 39 : 0 0 0 0 0
40 - 44 : 51310 0 0 0 0
45 - 49 : 0 0 0 0 0
50 - 54 : 0 0 0 0 0
55 - 59 : 0 0 0 0 0
60 - 64 : 0 0 0 0
cos: incoming
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 35 0 0 0 0
5 - 7 : 0 0 0
cos: outgoing
-------------------------------
 
0 - 4 : 51311 0 0 0 0
5 - 7 : 0 0 0
output queues enqueued:
queue: threshold1 threshold2 threshold3
-----------------------------------------------
queue 0: 2 0 0
queue 1: 0 0 88
queue 2: 0 0 0
queue 3: 0 0 51322
 
output queues dropped:
queue: threshold1 threshold2 threshold3
-----------------------------------------------
queue 0: 0 0 0
queue 1: 0 0 0
queue 2: 0 0 0
queue 3: 0 0 0
 
Policer: Inprofile: 0 OutofProfile: 0
 

 

Table 1-17 show mls qos interface statistics Field Descriptions

Field
 
Description

DSCP

incoming

Number of packets received for each DSCP value.

outgoing

Number of packets sent for each DSCP value.

CoS

incoming

Number of packets received for each CoS value.

outgoing

Number of packets sent for each CoS value.

Policer

Inprofile

Number of in profile packets for each policer.

Outofprofile

Number of out-of-profile packets for each policer.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mls qos queue-set output buffers

Allocates buffers to a queue-set.

mls qos queue-set output threshold

Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds, guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.

mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth

Assigns SRR weights to an ingress queue.

mls qos srr-queue input buffers

Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map

Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map

Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue

Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees bandwidth.

mls qos srr-queue input threshold

Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.

mls qos srr-queue output cos-map

Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map

Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

policy-map

Creates or modifies a policy map.

priority-queue

Enables the egress expedite queue on a port.

queue-set

Maps a port to a queue-set.

srr-queue bandwidth limit

Limits the maximum output on a port.

srr-queue bandwidth shape

Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping on the four egress queues mapped to a port.

srr-queue bandwidth share

Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing on the four egress queues mapped to a port.

show mls qos maps

Use the show mls qos maps command in EXEC mode to display quality of service (QoS) mapping information.

show mls qos maps [ cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q | dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name | dscp-output-q | ip-prec-dscp | policed-dscp ]

 
Syntax Description

cos-dscp

(Optional) Display class of service (CoS)-to-DSCP map.

cos-input-q

(Optional) Display the CoS input queue threshold map.

cos-output-q

(Optional) Display the CoS output queue threshold map.

dscp-cos

(Optional) Display DSCP-to-CoS map.

dscp-input-q

(Optional) Display the DSCP input queue threshold map.

dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name

(Optional) Display the specified DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map.

dscp-output-q

(Optional) Display the DSCP output queue threshold map.

ip-prec-dscp

(Optional) Display the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map.

policed-dscp

(Optional) Display the policed-DSCP map.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

During classification, QoS uses the mapping tables to represent the priority of the traffic and to derive a corresponding class of service (CoS) or Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value from the received CoS, DSCP, or IP precedence value.

The policed-DSCP, DSCP-to-CoS, and the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation maps appear as a matrix. The d1 column specifies the most-significant digit in the DSCP. The d2 row specifies the least-significant digit in the DSCP. The intersection of the d1 and d2 values provides the policed-DSCP, the CoS, or the mutated-DSCP value. For example, in the DSCP-to-CoS map, a DSCP value of 43 corresponds to a CoS value of 5.

The DSCP input queue threshold and the DSCP output queue threshold maps appear as a matrix. The d1 column specifies the most-significant digit of the DSCP number. The d2 row specifies the least-significant digit in the DSCP number. The intersection of the d1 and the d2 values provides the queue ID and threshold ID. For example, in the DSCP input queue threshold map, a DSCP value of 43 corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (02-01).

The CoS input queue threshold and the CoS output queue threshold maps show the CoS value in the top row and the corresponding queue ID and threshold ID in the second row. For example, in the CoS input queue threshold map, a CoS value of 5 corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (2-1).

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos maps command:

Switch# show mls qos maps
Policed-dscp map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
---------------------------------------
0 : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 : 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 : 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 : 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
4 : 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
5 : 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
6 : 60 61 62 63
 
Dscp-cos map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
---------------------------------------
0 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 01
1 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02
2 : 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03
3 : 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
4 : 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 06 06
5 : 06 06 06 06 06 06 07 07 07 07
6 : 07 07 07 07
 
Cos-dscp map:
cos: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
--------------------------------
dscp: 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
 
IpPrecedence-dscp map:
ipprec: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
--------------------------------
dscp: 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
 
Dscp-outputq-threshold map:
d1 :d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
--------------------------------------------------------------------
0 : 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01
1 : 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01
2 : 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01
3 : 03-01 03-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
4 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 04-01 04-01
5 : 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
6 : 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
 
Dscp-inputq-threshold map:
d1 :d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
--------------------------------------------------------------------
0 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
1 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
2 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
3 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
4 : 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 01-01 01-01
5 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
6 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
 
Cos-outputq-threshold map:
cos: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
queue-threshold: 2-1 2-1 3-1 3-1 4-1 1-1 4-1 4-1
 
Cos-inputq-threshold map:
cos: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
queue-threshold: 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 2-1 1-1 1-1
 
Dscp-dscp mutation map:
Default DSCP Mutation Map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
---------------------------------------
0 : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 : 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 : 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 : 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
4 : 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
5 : 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
6 : 60 61 62 63

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mls qos map

Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map, DSCP-to-CoS map, DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, IP-precedence-to-DSCP map, and the policed-DSCP map.

mls qos srr-queue input cos-map

Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map

Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue output cos-map

Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map

Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID.

show mls qos queue-set

Use the show mls qos queue-set command in EXEC mode to display quality of service (QoS) settings for the egress queues.

show mls qos queue-set [ qset-id ]

 
Syntax Description

qset-id

(Optional) ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos queue-set command:

Switch# show mls qos queue-set
Queueset: 1
Queue : 1 2 3 4
----------------------------------------------
buffers : 25 25 25 25
threshold1: 100 200 100 100
threshold2: 100 200 100 100
reserved : 50 50 50 50
maximum : 400 400 400 400
Queueset: 2
Queue : 1 2 3 4
----------------------------------------------
buffers : 25 25 25 25
threshold1: 100 200 100 100
threshold2: 100 200 100 100
reserved : 50 50 50 50
maximum : 400 400 400 400

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mls qos queue-set output buffers

Allocates buffers to the queue-set.

mls qos queue-set output threshold

Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds, guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation of the queue-set.

show mls qos vlan

Use the show mls qos vlan command in EXEC mode to display the policy maps attached to a switch virtual interface (SVI).

show mls qos vlan vlan-id

 
Syntax Description

vlan-id

Specify the VLAN ID of the SVI to display the policy maps. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The output from the show mls qos vlan command is meaningful only when VLAN-based quality of service (QoS) is enabled and when policy maps are configured.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mls qos vlan command:

Switch# show mls qos vlan 10
Vlan10
Attached policy-map for Ingress:pm-test-pm-2

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

policy-map

Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports and enters policy-map configuration mode.

show monitor

Use the show monitor command in EXEC mode to display information about all Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) sessions on the switch.

show monitor [ session { session_number | all | local | range list | remote }

 
Syntax Description

session

(Optional) Display information about specified SPAN sessions.

session_number

Specify the number of the SPAN or RSPAN session. The range is 1 to 66.

all

Display all SPAN sessions.

local

Display only local SPAN sessions.

range list

Display a range of SPAN sessions, where list is the range of valid sessions, e ither a single session or a range of sessions described by two numbers, the lower one first, separated by a hyphen. Do not enter any spaces between comma-separated parameters or in hyphen-specified ranges.

Note This keyword is available only in privileged EXEC mode.

remote

Display only remote SPAN sessions.

detail

(Optional) Display detailed information about the specified sessions.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

Use the command with keywords to show a specific session, all sessions, all local sessions, or all remote sessions.

The output is the same for the show monitor command and the show monitor session all command.

Examples

This is an example of output for the show monitor command:

Switch# show monitor
Session 1
---------
Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
RX Only : Gi0/1
Both : Gi0/2-3,Gi0/5-6
Destination Ports : Gi0/20
Encapsulation : Replicate
Ingress : Disabled
 
 
 
 
Session 2
---------
Type : Remote Source Session
Source VLANs :
TX Only : 10
Both : 1-9
Dest RSPAN VLAN : 105
 

This is an example of output for the show monitor command for local SPAN source session 1:

Switch# show monitor session 1
Session 1
---------
Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
RX Only : Gi0/1
Both : Gi0/2-3,Gi0/5-6
Destination Ports : Gi0/20
Encapsulation : Replicate
Ingress : Disabled
 

This is an example of output for the show monitor session all command when ingress traffic forwarding is enabled:

Switch# show monitor session all
Session 1
---------
Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
Both : Gi0/2
Destination Ports : Gi0/3
Encapsulation : Native
Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN = 5
Ingress encap : DOT1Q
 
Session 2
---------
Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
Both : Gi0/8
Encapsulation : Replicate
Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN = 4
Ingress encap : Untagged

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

monitor session

Starts or modifies a SPAN or RSPAN session.

show mvr

Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the current Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) global parameter values.

show mvr

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command information includes whether or not MVR is enabled, the MVR multicast VLAN, the maximum query response time, the number of multicast groups, and the MVR mode (dynamic or compatible).

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mvr command. The maximum number of multicast groups is fixed at 256. The MVR mode is either compatible (for interoperability with Catalyst 2900 XL and Catalyst 3500 XL switches) or dynamic (where operation is consistent with IGMP snooping operation and dynamic MVR membership on source ports is supported).

Switch# show mvr
MVR Running: TRUE
MVR multicast VLAN: 1
MVR Max Multicast Groups: 256
MVR Current multicast groups: 0
MVR Global query response time: 5 (tenths of sec)
MVR Mode: compatible
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mvr (global configuration)

Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.

mvr (interface configuration)

Configures MVR ports.

show mvr interface

Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs when the interface and members keywords are appended to the command.

show mvr members

Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group or, if there are no members, means the group is inactive.

show mvr interface

Use the show mvr interface privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) receiver and source ports.

show mvr interface [ interface-id [ members [ vlan vlan-id ]]]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

(Optional) Display MVR type, status, and Immediate Leave setting for the interface.

Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches.

members

(Optional) Display all MVR groups to which the specified interface belongs.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Display all MVR group members on this VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If the entered port identification is a non-MVR port or a source port, the command returns an error message. For receiver ports, it displays the port type, per port status, and Immediate-Leave setting.

If you enter the members keyword, all MVR group members on the interface appear. If you enter a VLAN ID, all MVR group members in the VLAN appear.

Use the command with keywords to display MVR parameters for a specific receiver port.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command:

Switch# show mvr interface
Port Type Status Immediate Leave
---- ---- ------- ---------------
Gi0/1 SOURCE ACTIVE/UP DISABLED
Gi0/2 RECEIVER ACTIVE/DOWN DISABLED
 

In the preceding display, Status is defined as follows:

  • Active means the port is part of a VLAN.
  • Up/Down means that the port is forwarding/nonforwarding.
  • Inactive means that the port is not yet part of any VLAN.

This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command for a specified port:

Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet0/2
Type: RECEIVER Status: ACTIVE Immediate Leave: DISABLED
 

This is an example of output from the show mvr interface interface-id members command:

Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet0/2 members
239.255.0.0 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.1 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.2 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.3 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.4 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.5 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.6 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.7 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.8 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.9 DYNAMIC ACTIVE

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mvr (global configuration)

Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.

mvr (interface configuration)

Configures MVR ports.

show mvr

Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.

show mvr members

Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR multicast group.

show mvr members

Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display all receiver and source ports that are currently members of an IP multicast group.

show mvr member s [ ip-address ]

 
Syntax Description

ip-address

(Optional) The IP multicast address. If the address is entered, all receiver and source ports that are members of the multicast group appear. If no address is entered, all members of all Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) groups are listed. If a group has no members, the group is listed as Inactive.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

The show mvr members command applies to receiver and source ports. For MVR-compatible mode, all source ports are members of all multicast groups.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show mvr members command:

Switch# show mvr members
MVR Group IP Status Members
------------ ------ -------
239.255.0.1 ACTIVE Gi0/1(d), Gi0/2(s)
239.255.0.2 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.3 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.4 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.5 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.6 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.7 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.8 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.9 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.10 INACTIVE None
 
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show mvr members ip-address command. It displays the members of the IP multicast group with that address:

Switch# show mvr members 239.255.0.2
239.255.003.--22 ACTIVE Gi0/1(d), Gi0/2(d), Gi0/3(d),
Gi0/4(d), Gi0/5(s)

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

mvr (global configuration)

Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.

mvr (interface configuration)

Configures MVR ports.

show mvr

Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.

show mvr interface

Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs when the members keyword is appended to the command.

show network-policy profile

Use the show network policy profile privileged EXEC command to display the network-policy profiles.

show network-policy profile [ profile number ] [ detail ]

 
Syntax Description

profile number

(Optional) Display the network-policy profile number. If no profile is entered, all network-policy profiles appear.

detail

(Optional) Display detailed status and statistics information.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

12.2(55)SE

This command is supported on the LAN Lite image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show network-policy profile command:

Switch# show network-policy profile
Network Policy Profile 10
voice vlan 17 cos 4
Interface:
none
Network Policy Profile 30
voice vlan 30 cos 5
Interface:
none
Network Policy Profile 36
voice vlan 4 cos 3
Interface:
Interface_id
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

network-policy

Applies a network-policy to an interface.

network-policy profile (global configuration)

Creates the network-policy profile.

network-policy profile (network-policy configuration)

Configures the attributes of network-policy profiles.

show nmsp

Use the show nmsp privileged EXEC command to display the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) information for the switch. This command is available only when your switch is running the cryptographic (encrypted) software image.

show nmsp { attachment suppress interface | capability | notification interval | statistics { connection | summary } | status | subscription { detail | summary} }

 
Syntax Description

attachment suppress interface

Display attachment suppress interfaces.

capability

Display switch capabilities including the supported services and subservices.

notification interval

Display the notification intervals of the supported services.

statistics { connection | summary }

Display the NMSP statistics information.

  • connection —display the message counters on each connection.
  • summary —display the global counters.

status

Display information about the NMSP connections.

subscription { detail | summary}

Display the subscription information on each NMSP connection.

  • detail —display all services and subservices subscribed on each connection.
  • summary —display all services subscribed on each connection.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(50)SE

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show nmsp attachment suppress interface command:

Switch# show nmsp attachment suppress interface
NMSP Attachment Suppression Interfaces
--------------------------------------
GigabitEthernet1/1
GigabitEthernet1/2
 

This is an example of output from the show nmsp capability command:

Switch# show nmsp capability
NMSP Switch Capability
------------------------------
Service Subservice
----------- --------------
Attachment Wired Station
Location Subscription
 

This is an example of output from the show nmsp notification interval command:

Switch# show nmsp notification interval
NMSP Notification Intervals
----------------------------------
Attachment notify interval: 30 sec (default)
Location notify interval: 30 sec (default)
 

This is an example of output from the show nmsp statistics connection and show nmsp statistics summary commands:

Switch# show nmsp statistics connection
NMSP Connection Counters
----------------------------------
Connection 1:
Connection status: UP
Freed connection: 0
 
Tx message count Rx message count
----------------------- -----------------------
Subscr Resp: 1 Subscr Req: 1
Capa Notif: 1 Capa Notif: 1
Atta Resp: 1 Atta Req: 1
Atta Notif: 0
Loc Resp: 1 Loc Req: 1
Loc Notif: 0
Unsupported msg: 0
 
Switch# show nmsp statistics summary
NMSP Global Counters
----------------------------
Send too big msg: 0
Failed socket write: 0
Partial socket write: 0
Socket write would block: 0
Failed socket read: 0
Socket read would block: 0
Transmit Q full: 0
Max Location Notify Msg: 0
Max Attachment Notify Msg: 0
Max Tx Q Size: 0
 

This is an example of output from the show nmsp status command:

Switch# show nmsp status
NMSP Status
----------------
NMSP: enabled
MSE IP Address TxEchoResp RxEchoReq TxData RxData
172.19.35.109 5 5 4 4
 

This is an example of output from the show nmsp show subscription detail and the show nmsp show subscription summary commands:

Switch# show nmsp subscription detail
Mobility Services Subscribed by 172.19.35.109:
Services Subservices
----------------- -------------------
Attachment: Wired Station
Location: Subscription
 
Switch# show nmsp subscription summary
Mobility Services Subscribed:
MSE IP Address Services
-------------------- ---------------------
172.19.35.109 Attachment, Location
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear nmsp statistics

Clears the NMSP statistic counters.

nmsp

Enables Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) on the switch.

show pagp

Use the show pagp command in EXEC mode to display Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) channel-group information.

show pagp [ channel-group-number ] { counters | dual-active | internal | neighbor } ]

 
Syntax Description

channel-group -number

(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 6.

counters

Display traffic information.

dual-active

Display the dual-active status.

internal

Display internal information.

neighbor

Display neighbor information.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(46)SE

The dual-active keyword was added.

 
Usage Guidelines

You can enter any show pagp command to display the active channel-group information. To display the nonactive information, enter the show pagp command with a channel-group number.

Note To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 counters command:

Switch# show pagp 1 counters
Information Flush
Port Sent Recv Sent Recv
--------------------------------------
Channel group: 1
Gi0/1 45 42 0 0
Gi0/2 45 41 0 0
 

This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 internal command:

Switch# show pagp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running. Q - Quit timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running. I - Interface timer is running.
 
Channel group 1
Hello Partner PAgP Learning Group
Port Flags State Timers Interval Count Priority Method Ifindex
Gi0/1 SC U6/S7 H 30s 1 128 Any 16
Gi0/2 SC U6/S7 H 30s 1 128 Any 16
 

This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 neighbor command:

Switch# show pagp 1 neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode. P - Device learns on physical port.
 
Channel group 1 neighbors
Partner Partner Partner Partner Group
Port Name Device ID Port Age Flags Cap.
Gi0/1 switch-p2 0002.4b29.4600 Gi0/1 9s SC 10001
Gi0/2 switch-p2 0002.4b29.4600 Gi0/2 24s SC 10001
 

This is an example of output from the show pagp dual-active command:

Switch# show pagp dual-active
PAgP dual-active detection enabled: Yes
PAgP dual-active version: 1.1
 
Channel group 1
Dual-Active Partner Partner Partner
Port Detect Capable Name Port Version
Gi0/1 No Switch Gi0/3 N/A
Gi0/2 No Switch Gi0/4 N/A
 
<output truncated>

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear pagp

Clears PAgP channel-group information.

show policy-map

Use the show policy-map command in EXEC mode to display quality of service (QoS) policy maps, which define classification criteria for incoming traffic.

show policy-map [ policy-map-name [ class class-map-name ]]

 
Syntax Description

policy-map-name

(Optional) Display the specified policy-map name.

class class-map-name

(Optional) Display QoS policy actions for a individual class.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

To use this command, the switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Though visible in the command-line help string, the control-plane and interface keywords are not supported, and the statistics shown in the display should be ignored.

Policy maps can include policers that specify the bandwidth limitations and the action to take if the limits are exceeded.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show policy-map command:

Switch# show policy-map
Policy Map videowizard_policy2
class videowizard_10-10-10-10
set dscp 34
police 100000000 2000000 exceed-action drop
 
Policy Map mypolicy
class dscp5
set dscp 6

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

policy-map

Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy.

show port-security

Use the show port-security privileged EXEC command to display port-security settings for an interface or for the switch.

show port-security [ interface interface-id ] [ address | vlan ]

 
Syntax Description

interface interface-id

(Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number).

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches.

address

(Optional) Display all secure MAC addresses on all ports or a specified port.

vlan

(Optional) Display port security settings for all VLANs on the specified interface. This keyword is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport mode set to trunk.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you enter the command without keywords, the output includes the administrative and operational status of all secure ports on the switch.

If you enter an interface-id, the command displays port security settings for the interface.

If you enter the address keyword, the command displays the secure MAC addresses for all interfaces and the aging information for each secure address.

If you enter an interface-id and the address keyword, the command displays all the MAC addresses for the interface with aging information for each secure address. You can also use this command to display all the MAC addresses for an interface even if you have not enabled port security on it.

If you enter the vlan keyword, the command displays the configured maximum and the current number of secure MAC addresses for all VLANs on the interface. This option is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport mode set to trunk.

Examples

This is an example of the output from the show port-security command:

Switch# show port-security
Secure Port MaxSecureAddr CurrentAddr SecurityViolation Security Action
(Count) (Count) (Count)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gi0/1 1 0 0 Shutdown
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port) : 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
 

This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id command:

Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/1
Port Security : Enabled
Port status : SecureUp
Violation mode : Shutdown
Maximum MAC Addresses : 1
Total MAC Addresses : 0
Configured MAC Addresses : 0
Aging time : 0 mins
Aging type : Absolute
SecureStatic address aging : Disabled
Security Violation count : 0
 

This is an example of output from the show port-security address command:

Switch# show port-security address

Secure Mac Address Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age
(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
1 0006.0700.0800 SecureConfigured Gi0/2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port) : 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
 

This is an example of output from the show port-security interface gigabitethernet 0 /2 address command:

Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 address
Secure Mac Address Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age
(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
1 0006.0700.0800 SecureConfigured Gi0/2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses: 1
 

This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id vlan command:

Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 vlan
Default maximum:not set, using 5120
VLAN Maximum Current
5 default 1
10 default 54
11 default 101
12 default 101
13 default 201
14 default 501

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear port-security

Deletes from the MAC address table a specific type of secure address or all the secure addresses on the switch or an interface.

switchport port-security

Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC addresses.

show power inline

Use the show power inline command in EXEC mode to display the Power over Ethernet (PoE) status for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.

show power inline [ police ] [ interface-id | consumption ] | module switch-number ]

 
Syntax Description

police

(Optional) Display the power policing information about real-time power consumption.

interface-id

(Optional) Display PoE-related power management information for the specified interface.

consumption

(Optional) Display the power allocated to devices connected to PoE ports.

module switch-number

(Optional) Limit the display to ports on the specified stack member. The switch number is 1 to 4.

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(44)SE

This command was introduced.

12.2(46)SE

The police keyword was added.

 
Usage Guidelines

To use this command, the Catalyst 2960-S switch must be running the LAN Base image.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show power inline command. In the display, port 2 is configured as static; power has been pre-allocated to this port, but no powered device is connected. Port 6 is a static port in the power-deny state because its maximum wattage is configured for 10 W. The connected powered device has a reported class maximum wattage for a Class 0 or Class 3 device. Table 1-18 describes the output fields.

Note The first example shows output from a Catalyst 2960 switch. The second example shows output from a Catalyst 2960-S switch stack. The Catalyst 2960-S supports PoE+ with maximum wattage of 30 W. Other examples show only the Catalyst 2960 output.

Switch# show power inline
Available:370.0(w) Used:80.6(w) Remaining:289.4(w)
 
Interface Admin Oper Power Device Class Max
(Watts)
--------- ------ ---------- ------- ------------------- ----- ----
Fa0/1 auto on 6.3 IP Phone 7910 n/a 15.4
Fa0/2 static off 15.4 n/a n/a 15.4
Fa0/3 auto on 6.3 IP Phone 7910 n/a 15.4
Fa0/4 auto on 6.3 IP Phone 7960 2 15.4
<output truncated>
 
Switch# show power inline
Available:370.0(w) Used:80.6(w) Remaining:289.4(w)
 
Module Available Used Remaining
(Watts) (Watts) (Watts)
------ --------- -------- ---------
1 370.0 114.9 255.1
2 370.0 34.3 335.
 
Interface Admin Oper Power Device Class Max
(Watts)
--------- ------ ---------- ------- ------------------- ----- ----
Gi1/0/1 auto on 6.3 IP Phone 7910 n/a 30.0
Gi1/0/2 static off 30 n/a n/a 30.0
Gi1/0/3 auto on 6.3 IP Phone 7910 n/a 30.0
Gi1/0/4 auto on 6.3 IP Phone 7960 2 30.0
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show power inline command on a port:

Switch# show power inline fastethernet0/1
Interface Admin Oper Power Device Class Max
(Watts)
--------- ------ ---------- ------- ------------------- ----- ----
Fa0/1 auto on 6.3 IP Phone 7910 n/a 15.4
 

This is an example of output from the show power inline consumption command on all PoE switch ports:

Switch# show power inline consumption
Default PD consumption : 15400 mW
 

 

Table 1-18 show power inline interface Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Admin

Administration mode: auto, off, static

Oper

Operating mode:

  • on—the powered device is detected, and power is applied.
  • off—no PoE is applied.
  • faulty—device detection or a powered device is in a faulty state.
  • power-deny—a powered device is detected, but no PoE is available, or the maximum wattage exceeds the detected powered-device maximum.

Power

The supplied PoE in watts

Device

The device type detected: n/a, unknown, Cisco powered-device, IEEE powered-device, <name from CDP>

Class

The IEEE classification: n/a, Class <0–4>

Available

The total amount of PoE in the system

Used

The amount of PoE allocated to ports

Remaining

The amount of PoE not allocated to ports in the system. (Available – Used = Remaining)

This is an example of output from the show power inline police command on a switch. Table 1-19 describes the output fields.

Switch# show power inline police
Module Available Used Remaining
(Watts) (Watts) (Watts)
------ --------- -------- ---------
1 370.0 0.0 370.0
3 865.0 864.0 1.0
Admin Oper Admin Oper Cutoff Oper
Interface State State Police Police Power Power
--------- ------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------
Gi0/1 auto off none n/a n/a 0.0
Gi0/2 auto off log n/a 5.4 0.0
Gi0/3 auto off errdisable n/a 5.4 0.0
Gi0/4 off off none n/a n/a 0.0
Gi0/5 off off log n/a 5.4 0.0
Gi0/6 off off errdisable n/a 5.4 0.0
Gi0/7 auto off none n/a n/a 0.0
Gi0/8 auto off log n/a 5.4 0.0
Gi0/9 auto on none n/a n/a 5.1
Gi0/10 auto on log ok 5.4 4.2
Gi0/11 auto on log log 5.4 5.9
Gi0/12 auto on errdisable ok 5.4 4.2
Gi0/13 auto errdisable errdisable n/a 5.4 0.0
<output truncated>
 

In the previous example:

  • The Gi0/1 port is shut down, and policing is not configured.
  • The Gi0/2 port is shut down, but policing is enabled with a policing action to generate a syslog message.
  • The Gi0/3 port is shut down, but policing is enabled with a policing action is to shut down the port.
  • Device detection is disabled on the Gi0/4 port, power is not applied to the port, and policing is disabled.
  • Device detection is disabled on the Gi0/5 port, and power is not applied to the port, but policing is enabled with a policing action to generate a syslog message.
  • Device detection is disabled on the Gi0/6 port, and power is not applied to the port, but policing is enabled with a policing action to shut down the port.
  • The Gi0/7 port is up, and policing is disabled, but the switch does not apply power to the connected device.
  • The Gi0/8 port is up, and policing is enabled with a policing action to generate a syslog message, but the switch does not apply power to the powered device.
  • The Gi0/9 port is up and connected to a powered device, and policing is disabled.
  • The Gi0/10 port is up and connected to a powered device, and policing is enabled with a policing action to generate a syslog message. The policing action does not take effect because the real-time power consumption is less than the cutoff value.
  • The Gi0/11 port is up and connected to a powered device, and policing is enabled with a policing action to generate a syslog message.
  • The Gi0/12 port is up and connected to a powered device, and policing is enabled with a policing action to shut down the port. The policing action does not take effect because the real-time power consumption is less than the cutoff value.
  • The Gi0/13 port is up and connected to a powered device, and policing is enabled with a policing action to shut down the port.

This is an example of output from the show power inline police interface-id command on a switch. Table 1-19 describes the output fields.

Switch# show power inline police gigabitethernet0/4
Interface Admin Oper Admin Oper Cutoff Oper
State State Police Police Power Power
--------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ------ -----
Gi0/4 auto power-deny log n/a 4.0 0.0
 

 

Table 1-19 show power inline police Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Available

The total amount of configured power on the switch in watts (W).

Used

The amount of configured power allocated to PoE ports in watts.

Remaining

The amount of configured power in watts that is not allocated to ports in the system. (Available – Used = Remaining)

Admin State

Administration mode: auto, off, static.

Oper State

Operating mode:

  • errdisable—Policing is enabled.
  • faulty—Device detection on a powered device is in a faulty state.
  • off—No PoE is applied.
  • on—The powered device is detected, and power is applied.
  • power-deny—A powered device is detected, but no PoE is available, or the real-time power consumption exceeds the maximum power allocation.

Note The operating mode is the current PoE state for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports on the switch.

Admin Police

Status of the real-time power-consumption policing feature:

  • errdisable—Policing is enabled, and the switch shuts down the port when the real-time power consumption exceeds the maximum power allocation.
  • log—Policing is enabled, and the switch generates a syslog message when the real-time power consumption exceeds the maximum power allocation.
  • none—Policing is disabled.

Oper Police

Policing status:

  • errdisable—The real-time power consumption exceeds the maximum power allocation, and the switch shuts down the PoE port.
  • log—The real-time power consumption exceeds the maximum power allocation, and the switch generates a syslog message.
  • n/a—Device detection is disabled, power is not applied to the PoE port, or no policing action is configured.
  • ok—Real-time power consumption is less than the maximum power allocation.

Cutoff Power

The maximum power allocated on the port. When the real-time power consumption is greater than this value, the switch takes the configured policing action.

Oper Power

The real-time power consumption of the powered device.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

logging event power-inline-status

Enables the logging of PoE events.

power inline

Configures the power management mode for the specified PoE port or for all PoE ports.

show controllers power inline

Displays the values in the registers of the specified PoE controller.

show psp config

To display the status of protocol storm protection configured for a specific protocol on a VLAN, use the show psp config privileged EXEC command.

show psp config { arp | dhcp | igmp }

 
Syntax Description

arp

Show protocol storm protection status for ARP and ARP snooping.

dhcp

Show protocol storm protection status for DHCP and DHCP snooping.

igmp

Show protocol storm protection status for IGMP and IGMP snooping.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(58)SE

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show psp config dhcp command with protocol storm protection configured to drop packets when the incoming rate exceeds 35 packets per second.

Switch# show psp config dhcp
 
-----------------------------------
PSP Protocol Configuration Summary:
-----------------------------------
 
DHCP Rate Limit : 35 packets/sec
PSP Action : Packet Drop

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

psp { arp | dhcp | igmp } pps value

Configures protocol storm protection for ARP, DHCP, or IGMP.

show psp statistics

Displays the number of dropped packets when protocol storm protection is configured.

clear psp counter

Clears the counter of dropped packets.

show psp statistics

To display the number of packets dropped for all protocols when protocol storm protection is configured, use the show psp statistics privileged EXEC command.

show psp statistics [ arp | dhcp | igmp ]

 
Syntax Description

arp

(Optional) Show the number of packets dropped for ARP and ARP snooping.

dhcp

(Optional) Show the number of packets dropped for DHCP and DHCP snooping.

igmp

(Optional) Show the number of packets dropped for IGMP and IGMP snooping.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(58)SE

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show psp statistics dhcp command when protocol storm protection is configured for DHCP. The output shows that 13 packets were dropped.

Switch# show psp statistics dhcp
 
----------------------------------
PSP Protocol Drop Counter Summary:
----------------------------------
DHCP Drop Counter: 13

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

psp { arp | dhcp | igmp } pps value

Configures protocol storm protection for ARP, DHCP, or IGMP.

show psp config

Displays the protocol storm protection configuration.

clear psp counter

Clears the counter of dropped packets.

show sdm prefer

Use the show sdm prefer privileged EXEC command to display information about the Switch Database Management (SDM) templates.

show sdm prefer [ default | dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default | lanbase-routing | qos ]

 
Syntax Description

default

(Optional) Display the template that balances system resources among features. This is the only template supported on Catalyst 2960-S switches.

dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default

(Optional) Display the dual template that supports both IPv4 and IPv6. This keyword is not supported on Catalyst 2960-S switches

lanbase-routing

(Optional) Display the template that maximizes system resources for IPv4 static routing on SVIs.

qos

(Optional) Display the template that maximizes system resources for quality of service (QoS) access control entries (ACEs). This keyword is not supported on Catalyst 2960-S switches

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(40)SE

The dual-ipv4-and-ipv6 default keywords were added.

12.2(53)SE1

The default template for the Catalyst 2960-S switch was added.

12.2(55)SE

The lanbase-routing template was added for static routing on SVIs.

 
Usage Guidelines

On a Catalyst 2960 switch, when you change the SDM template by using the sdm prefer global configuration command, you must reload the switch for the configuration to take effect. If you enter the show sdm prefer command before you enter the reload privileged EXEC command, the show sdm prefer command shows the template currently in use and the template that will become active after a reload. The Catalyst 2960-S switch uses only a default template for maximum resource support or the lanbase-routing template.

The numbers displayed for each template represent an approximate maximum number for each feature resource. The actual number might vary, depending on the actual number of other features configured.

Note A Catalyst 2960-S switch running the LAN base image uses only a default template that includes maximum resources for all supported features or the lanbase-routing template to enable static routing.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer default command on a Catalyst 2960 switch:

Switch# show sdm prefer default
"default" template:
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
0 routed interfaces and 255 VLANs.
 
number of unicast mac addresses: 8K
number of IPv4 IGMP groups: 256
number of IPv4/MAC qos aces: 128
number of IPv4/MAC security aces: 384
 

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer command showing the existing template:

Switch# show sdm prefer
The current template is "lanbase-routing" template.
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
8 routed interfaces and 255 VLANs.
 
number of unicast mac addresses: 4K
number of IPv4 IGMP groups + multicast routes: 0.25K
number of IPv4 unicast routes: 4.25K
number of directly-connected IPv4 hosts: 4K
number of indirect IPv4 routes: 0.25K
number of IPv4 policy based routing aces: 0
number of IPv4/MAC qos aces: 0.125k
number of IPv4/MAC security aces: 0.375k
 

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer default command on a Catalyst 2960-S switch:

Switch# show sdm prefer default
"default" template:
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
0 routed interfaces and 255 VLANs.
 
number of unicast mac addresses: 8K
number of IPv4 IGMP groups: 0.25K
number of IPv6 multicast groups: 0.25K
number of IPv4/MAC qos aces: 0.375k
number of IPv4/MAC security aces: 0.375k
number of IPv6 policy based routing aces: 0
number of IPv6 qos aces: 0
number of IPv6 security aces: 0.125k
 

This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer qos command on a Catalyst 2960 switch:

Switch# show sdm prefer qos
"qos" template:
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
0 routed interfaces and 255 VLANs.
 
number of unicast mac addresses: 8K
number of IPv4 IGMP groups: 256
number of IPv4/MAC qos aces: 384
number of IPv4/MAC security aces: 128
 
Switch#show sdm prefer qos
"qos" template:
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
0 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.
 
number of unicast mac addresses: 8K
number of IPv4 IGMP groups: 0.25K
number of IPv4/MAC qos aces: 0.625k
number of IPv4/MAC security aces: 0.125k

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

sdm prefer

Sets the SDM template to maximize resources (not required on Catalyst 2960-S switches unless you are enabling static routing).
 

show setup express

Use the show setup express privileged EXEC command to display if Express Setup mode is active on the switch.

show setup express

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Defaults

No default is defined.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show setup express co mmand:

Switch# show setup express
express setup mode is active

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

setup express

Enables Express Setup mode.

show spanning-tree

Use the show spanning-tree command in EXEC mode to display spanning-tree state information.

show spanning-tree [ bridge-group | active [ detail ] | backbonefast | blockedports | bridge | detail [ active ] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | mst | pathcost method | root | summary [ totals ] | uplinkfast | vlan vlan-id ]

show spanning-tree bridge-group [ active [ detail ] | blockedports | bridge | detail [ active ] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary ]

show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [ active [ detail ] | blockedports | bridge | detail [ active ] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary ]

show spanning-tree { vlan vlan-id | bridge-group } bridge [ address | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | priority [ system-id ] | protocol ]

show spanning-tree { vlan vlan-id | bridge-group } root [ address | cost | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority [ system-id ]

show spanning-tree interface interface-id [ active [ detail ] | cost | detail [ active ] | inconsistency | portfast | priority | rootcost | state ]

show spanning-tree mst [ configuration [ digest]] | [ instance-id [ detail | interface interface-id [ detail ]]

 
Syntax Description

bridge-group

(Optional) Specify the bridge group number. The range is 1 to 255.

active [ detail ]

(Optional) Display spanning-tree information only on active interfaces (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

backbonefast

(Optional) Display spanning-tree BackboneFast status.

blockedports

(Optional) Display blocked port information (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

bridge [ address | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | priority [ system-id ] | protocol ]

(Optional) D isplay status and configuration of this switch (optional keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode).

detail [ active ]

(Optional) Display a detailed summary of interface information (active keyword available only in privileged EXEC mode).

inconsistentports

(Optional) Display inconsistent port information (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

interface interface-id [ active [ detail ] | cost | detail [ active ] | inconsistency | portfast | priority | rootcost | state ]

(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified interface (all options except portfast and state available only in privileged EXEC mode). Enter each interface separated by a space. Ranges are not supported. Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 6.

mst [ configuration [ digest ]] [ instance-id [ detail | interface interface-id [ detail ]]

(Optional) Display the multiple spanning-tree (MST) region configuration and status (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

The keywords have these meanings:

  • digest —(Optional) Display the MD5 digest included in the current MST configuration identifier (MSTCI). Two separate digests, one for standard and one for prestandard switches, appear (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

The terminology was updated for the implementation of the IEEE standard, and the txholdcoun t field was added.

The new master role appears for boundary ports.

The word pre-standard or Pre-STD appears when an IEEE standard bridge sends prestandard BPDUs on a port.

The word pre-standard (config) or Pre-STD-Cf appears when a port has been configured to transmit prestandard BPDUs and no prestandard BPDU has been received on that port.

The word pre-standard (rcvd) or Pre-STD-Rx appears when a prestandard BPDU has been received on a port that has not been configured to transmit prestandard BPDUs.

A dispute flag appears when a designated port receives inferior designated information until the port returns to the forwarding state or ceases to be designated.

  • instance-id — You can specify a single instance ID, a range of IDs separated by a hyphen, or a series of IDs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094. The display shows the number of currently configured instances.
  • interface interface-id —(Optional) Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 6.
  • detail —(Optional) Display detailed information for the instance or interface.

pathcost method

(Optional) Display the default path cost method (available only in privileged EXEC mode).

root [ address | cost | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority [ system-id ] ]

(Optional) Display root switch status and configuration (all keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode).

summary [ totals ]

(Optional) Display a summary of port states or the total lines of the spanning-tree state section. The words IEEE Standard identify the MST version running on a switch.

uplinkfast

(Optional) Display spanning-tree UplinkFast status.

vlan vlan-id [ active [ detail ] | backbonefast | blockedports | bridge [ address | detail | forward-time | hello-time | id | max-age | priority [ system-id ] | protocol ]

(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified VLAN (some keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode). You can specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(25)SED

The digest keyword was added, with new digest and transmit hold count fields.

 
Usage Guidelines

If the vlan-id variable is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance for all VLANs.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree active command:

Switch# show spanning-tree active
VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Cost 3038
Port 24 (GigabitEthernet0/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
 
Bridge ID Priority 49153 (priority 49152 sys-id-ext 1)
Address 0003.fd63.9580
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300
Uplinkfast enabled
 
Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi0/1 Root FWD 3019 128.24 P2p
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree detail command:

Switch# show spanning-tree detail
VLAN0001 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol
Bridge Identifier has priority 49152, sysid 1, address 0003.fd63.9580
Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Current root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Root port is 1 (GigabitEthernet0/1), cost of root path is 3038
Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set
Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 1d16h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300
Uplinkfast enabled
 
Port 1 (GigabitEthernet0/1) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 3019, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.24.
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 00d0.bbf5.c680
Designated port id is 128.25, designated path cost 19
Timers: message age 2, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
Link type is point-to-point by default
BPDU: sent 0, received 72364
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree interface interface-id command:

Switch# show spanning-tree interface gigabitethernet0/1
Vlan Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
VLAN0001 Root FWD 3019 128.24 P2p
 
Switch# show spanning-tree summary
Switch is in pvst mode
Root bridge for: none
EtherChannel misconfiguration guard is enabled
Extended system ID is enabled
Portfast is disabled by default
PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled by default
Portfast BPDU Filter is disabled by default
Loopguard is disabled by default
UplinkFast is enabled
BackboneFast is enabled
Pathcost method used is short
 
Name Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
VLAN0001 1 0 0 11 12
VLAN0002 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0004 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0006 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0031 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0032 3 0 0 1 4
<output truncated>
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
37 vlans 109 0 0 47 156
Station update rate set to 150 packets/sec.
 
UplinkFast statistics
-----------------------
Number of transitions via uplinkFast (all VLANs) : 0
Number of proxy multicast addresses transmitted (all VLANs) : 0
 
BackboneFast statistics
-----------------------
Number of transition via backboneFast (all VLANs) : 0
Number of inferior BPDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ request PDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ response PDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ request PDUs sent (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ response PDUs sent (all VLANs) : 0
 

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst configuration command:

Switch# show spanning-tree mst configuration
Name [region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
-------- ------------------
0 1-9,21-4094
1 10-20
----------------------------
 

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id command:

Switch# show spanning-tree mst interface gigabitethernet0/1
GigabitEthernet0/1 of MST00 is root forwarding
Edge port: no (default) port guard : none (default)
Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter: disable (default)
Boundary : boundary (STP) bpdu guard : disable (default)
Bpdus sent 5, received 74
 
Instance role state cost prio vlans mapped
0 root FWD 200000 128 1,12,14-4094
 

This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst 0 command:

Switch# show spanning-tree mst 0
###### MST00 vlans mapped: 1-9,21-4094
Bridge address 0002.4b29.7a00 priority 32768 (32768 sysid 0)
Root address 0001.4297.e000 priority 32768 (32768 sysid 0)
port Gi0/1 path cost 200038
IST master *this switch
Operational hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20
Configured hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20
 
Interface role state cost prio type
-------------------- ---- ----- --------- ---- --------------------------------
GigabitEthernet0/1 root FWD 200000 128 P2P bound(STP)
GigabitEthernet0/2 desg FWD 200000 128 P2P bound(STP)
Port-channel1 desg FWD 200000 128 P2P bound(STP)

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear spanning-tree counters

Clears the spanning-tree counters.

clear spanning-tree detected-protocols

Restarts the protocol migration process.

spanning-tree backbonefast

Enables the BackboneFast feature.

spanning-tree bpdufilter

Prevents an interface from sending or receiving bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).

spanning-tree bpduguard

Puts an interface in the error-disabled state when it receives a BPDU.

spanning-tree cost

Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.

spanning-tree extend system-id

Enables the extended system ID feature.

spanning-tree guard

Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the VLANs associated with the selected interface.

spanning-tree link-type

Overrides the default link-type setting for rapid spanning-tree transitions to the forwarding state.

spanning-tree loopguard default

Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming the designated port because of a failure that leads to a unidirectional link.

spanning-tree mst configuration

Enters multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode through which the MST region configuration occurs.

spanning-tree mst cost

Sets the path cost for MST calculations.

spanning-tree mst forward-time

Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.

spanning-tree mst hello-time

Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch configuration messages.

spanning-tree mst max-age

Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives from the root switch.

spanning-tree mst max-hops

Sets the number of hops in an MST region before the BPDU is discarded and the information held for an interface is aged.

spanning-tree mst port-priority

Configures an interface priority.

spanning-tree mst priority

Configures the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.

spanning-tree mst root

Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on the network diameter.

spanning-tree port-priority

Configures an interface priority.

spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)

Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on Port Fast-enabled interfaces or enables the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces.

spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)

Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its associated VLANs.

spanning-tree uplinkfast

Accelerates the choice of a new root port when a link or switch fails or when the spanning tree reconfigures itself.

spanning-tree vlan

Configures spanning tree on a per-VLAN basis.

show storm-control

Use the show storm-control command in EXEC mode to display broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control settings on the switch or on the specified interface or to display storm-control history.

show storm-control [ interface-id ] [ broadcast | multicast | unicast ]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

(Optional) Interface ID for the physical port (including type, stack member, module, and port number).

Note Stacking is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

broadcast

(Optional) Display broadcast storm threshold setting.

multicast

(Optional) Display multicast storm threshold setting.

unicast

(Optional) Display unicast storm threshold setting.

| begin

(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.

| exclude

(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.

| include

(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.

expression

Expression in the output to use as a reference point.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

When you enter an interface-id, the storm control thresholds appear for the specified interface.

If you do not enter an interface-id, settings appear for one traffic type for all ports on the switch.

If you do not enter a traffic type, settings appear for broadcast storm control.

Examples

This is an example of a partial output from the show storm-control command when no keywords are entered. Because no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.

Switch# show storm-control
Interface Filter State Upper Lower Current
--------- ------------- ---------- --------- ---------
Gi0/1 Forwarding 20 pps 10 pps 5 pps
Gi0/2 Forwarding 50.00% 40.00% 0.00%
<output truncated>
 

This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface. Because no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.

Switch#Switch# show storm-control gigabitethernet 0/1
Interface Filter State Upper Lower Current
--------- ------------- ---------- --------- ---------
Gi0/1 Forwarding 20 pps 10 pps 5 pps
 

Table 1-20 describes the fields in the show storm-control display.

 

Table 1-20 show storm-control Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Interface

Displays the ID of the interface.

Filter State

Displays the status of the filter:

  • Blocking—Storm control is enabled, and a storm has occurred.
  • Forwarding—Storm control is enabled, and no storms have occurred.
  • Inactive—Storm control is disabled.

Upper

Displays the rising suppression level as a percentage of total available bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.

Lower

Displays the falling suppression level as a percentage of total available bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.

Current

Displays the bandwidth usage of broadcast traffic or the specified traffic type (broadcast, multicast, or unicast) as a percentage of total available bandwidth. This field is only valid when storm control is enabled.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

storm-control

Sets the broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control levels for the switch.

show switch

Use the show switch command in EXEC mode to display information related to a stack member or the switch stack.

show switch [ stack-member-number | detail | neighbors | stack-ports | stack-ring activity [ detail ] | speed ]

Note This command is supported only on Catalyst 2960-S switches running the LAN base image.

 
Syntax Description

stack-member-number

(Optional) Display information for the specified member. The range is 1 to 4.

detail

(Optional) Display detailed information about the stack ring.

neighbors

(Optional) Display the neighbors for the entire stack.

stack-ports

(Optional) Display port information for the entire stack.

stack-ring activity [ detail ]

(Optional) Display the number of frames per member that are sent to the stack ring. Use the detail keyword to display the number of frames per member that are sent to the stack ring, the receive queues, and the ASIC.

stack-ring speed

(Optional) Display the stack ring speed.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(53)SE1

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command displays these states:

  • Waiting—A switch is booting up and waiting for communication from other switches in the stack. The switch has not yet determined whether or not it is a stack master.

Stack members not participating in a stack master election remain in the waiting state until the stack master is elected and ready.

  • Initializing—A switch has determined whether its stack master status. If it is not the stack master, it is receiving its system- and interface-level configuration from the stack master and loading it.
  • Ready—The member has completed loading the system- and interface-level configurations and can forward traffic.
  • Master Re-Init—The state immediately after a master re-election and a different member is elected master. The new master is re-initializing its configuration. This state applies only to the new master.
  • Ver Mismatch—A switch in version mismatch mode. Version-mismatch mode is when a switch joining the stack has a different stack protocol minor version number than the master.
  • SDM Mismatch—A switch in Switch Database Management (SDM) mismatch mode. SDM mismatch is when a member does not support the SDM template running on the master.
  • Provisioned—The state of a preconfigured switch before it becomes an active member of a stack, or the state of a member after it has left the stack. The MAC address and the priority number in the display are always 0 for the provisioned switch.

A typical state transition for a member (including a master) booting up is Waiting -> Initializing -> Ready.

A typical state transition for a member becoming a master after a master election is Ready -> Master Re-Init -> Ready.

A typical state transition for a member in version mismatch mode is Waiting -> Ver Mismatch.

You can use the show switch command to identify whether the provisioned switch exists in the stack. The show running-config and the show startup-config privileged EXEC commands do not provide this information.

The display also includes stack MAC-persistency wait-time if persistent MAC address is enabled.

Examples

This example shows summary stack information:

Switch# show switch
Current
Switch# Role Mac Address Priority State
--------------------------------------------------------
6 Member 0003.e31a.1e00 1 Ready
*8 Master 0003.e31a.1200 1 Ready
2 Member 0000.000.0000 0 Provisioned
 

This example shows detailed stack information:

Switch# show switch detail
Switch/Stack Mac Address : 0013.c4db.7e00
Mac persistency wait time: 4 mins
H/W Current
Switch# Role Mac Address Priority Version State
----------------------------------------------------------
*1 Master 0013.c4db.7e00 1 0 Ready
2 Member 0000.000.0000 0 0 Provisioned
6 Member 0003.e31a.1e00 1 0 Ready
 
 
Stack Port Status Neighbors
Switch# Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2
--------------------------------------------------------
1 Ok Down 6 None
6 Down Ok None 1

This example shows the member 6 summary information:

Switch# show switch 6
Current
Switch# Role Mac Address Priority State
--------------------------------------------------------
6 Member 0003.e31a.1e00 1 Ready
 

This example shows the neighbor information for a stack:

Switch# show switch neighbors
Switch # Port A Port B
-------- ------ ------
6 None 8
8 6 None
 

This example shows stack-port information:

Switch# show switch stack-ports
Switch # Port A Port B
-------- ------ ------
6 Down Ok
8 Ok Down
 

This example shows detailed stack-ring activity information:

Switch# show switch stack-ring activity detail
Switch Asic Rx Queue-1 Rx Queue-2 Rx Queue-3 Rx Queue-4 Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 0 2021864 1228937 281510 0 3532311
1 1 52 0 72678 0 72730
---------------------------
Switch 1 Total: 3605041
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 0 2020901 90833 101680 0 2213414
2 1 52 0 0 0 52
---------------------------
Switch 2 Total: 2213466
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Total frames sent to stack ring : 5818507
 
Note: these counts do not include frames sent to the ring
by certain output features, such as output SPAN and output
ACLs.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

reload

Reloads the member and puts a configuration change into effect.

remote command

Monitors all or specified members.

session

Accesses a specific member.

switch

Changes the member priority value.

switch provision

Provisions a new switch before it joins the stack.

switch renumber

Changes the member number.

show system mtu

Use the show system mtu privileged EXEC command to display the global maximum transmission unit (MTU) or maximum packet size set for the switch.

show system mtu

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you have used the system mtu or system mtu jumbo global configuration command to change the MTU setting, the new setting does not take effect until you reset the switch.

The system MTU refers to ports operating at 10/100 Mb/s; the system jumbo MTU refers to Gigabit ports; the system routing MTU refers to routed ports.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show system mtu command:

Switch# show system mtu
System MTU size is 1500 bytes
System Jumbo MTU size is 1550 bytes

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

system mtu

Sets the MTU size for the Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, or routed ports.

show udld

Use the show udld command in EXEC mode to display UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) administrative and operational status for all ports or the specified port.

show udld [ interface-id ]

 
Syntax Description

interface-id

(Optional) ID of the interface and port number. Valid interfaces include physical ports and VLANs. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

If you do not enter an interface-id, administrative and operational UDLD status for all interfaces appear.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show udld interface-id command. For this display, UDLD is enabled on both ends of the link, and UDLD detects that the link is bidirectional. Table 1-21 describes the fields in this display.

Switch# show udld gigabitethernet0/1
Interface gi0/1
---
Port enable administrative configuration setting: Follows device default
Port enable operational state: Enabled
Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional
Current operational state: Advertisement - Single Neighbor detected
Message interval: 60
Time out interval: 5
Entry 1
Expiration time: 146
Device ID: 1
Current neighbor state: Bidirectional
Device name: Switch-A
Port ID: Gi0/1
Neighbor echo 1 device: Switch-B
Neighbor echo 1 port: Gi0/2
Message interval: 5
CDP Device name: Switch-A

 

Table 1-21 show udld Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Interface

The interface on the local device configured for UDLD.

Port enable administrative configuration setting

How UDLD is configured on the port. If UDLD is enabled or disabled, the port enable configuration setting is the same as the operational enable state. Otherwise, the enable operational setting depends on the global enable setting.

Port enable operational state

Operational state that shows whether UDLD is actually running on this port.

Current bidirectional state

The bidirectional state of the link. An unknown state appears if the link is down or if it is connected to an UDLD-incapable device. A bidirectional state appears if the link is a normal two-way connection to a UDLD-capable device. All other values mean miswiring.

Current operational state

The current phase of the UDLD state machine. For a normal bidirectional link, the state machine is most often in the Advertisement phase.

Message interval

How often advertisement messages are sent from the local device. Measured in seconds.

Time out interval

The time period, in seconds, that UDLD waits for echoes from a neighbor device during the detection window.

Entry 1

Information from the first cache entry, which contains a copy of echo information received from the neighbor.

Expiration time

The amount of time in seconds remaining before this cache entry is aged out.

Device ID

The neighbor device identification.

Current neighbor state

The neighbor’s current state. If both the local and neighbor devices are running UDLD normally, the neighbor state and local state should be bidirectional. If the link is down or the neighbor is not UDLD-capable, no cache entries appear.

Device name

The device name or the system serial number of the neighbor. The system serial number appears if the device name is not set or is set to the default (Switch).

Port ID

The neighbor port ID enabled for UDLD.

Neighbor echo 1 device

The device name of the neighbors’ neighbor from which the echo originated.

Neighbor echo 1 port

The port number ID of the neighbor from which the echo originated.

Message interval

The rate, in seconds, at which the neighbor is sending advertisement messages.

CDP device name

The CDP device name or the system serial number. The system serial number appears if the device name is not set or is set to the default (Switch).

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

udld

Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable message timer time.

udld port

Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration command.

udld reset

Resets all interfaces shutdown by UDLD and permits traffic to begin passing through them again.

show version

Use the show version command in EXEC mode to display version information for the hardware and firmware.

show version

 
Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show version command:

Note Though visible in the show version output, the configuration register information is not supported on the switch.

Switch# show version
Cisco IOS Software, C2960 Software (C2960-LANBASE-M), Version 12.2(0.0.16)FX, CISCO DEVELOPMENT TEST VERSION
Copyright (c) 1986-2005 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Tue 17-May-05 01:43 by yenanh
 
ROM: Bootstrap program is C2960 boot loader
BOOTLDR: C2960 Boot Loader (C2960-HBOOT-M), Version 12.2 [lqian-flo_pilsner 100]
 
Switch uptime is 3 days, 20 hours, 8 minutes
System returned to ROM by power-on
System image file is "flash:c2960-lanbase-mz.122-0.0.16.FX.bin"
 
cisco WS-C2960-24TC-L (PowerPC405) processor with 61440K/4088K bytes of memory.
Processor board ID FHH0916001J
Last reset from power-on
Target IOS Version 12.2(25)FX
1 Virtual Ethernet interface
24 FastEthernet interfaces
2 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces
The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.
64K bytes of flash-simulated non-volatile configuration memory.
Base ethernet MAC Address : 00:0B:FC:FF:E8:80
Motherboard assembly number : 73-9832-02
Motherboard serial number : FHH0916001J
Motherboard revision number : 01
System serial number : FHH0916001J
Hardware Board Revision Number : 0x01
 
 
Switch Ports Model SW Version SW Image
------ ----- ----- ---------- ----------
* 1 26 WS-C2960-24TC-L 12.2(0.0.16)FX C2960-LANBASE-M
 
Configuration register is 0xF
 

show vlan

Use the show vlan command in EXEC mode to display the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the VLAN ID or name is specified) on the switch.

show vlan [ brief | id vlan-id | mtu | name vlan-name | remote-span | summary ]

 
Syntax Description

brief

(Optional) Display one line for each VLAN with the VLAN name, status, and its ports.

id vlan-id

(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094.

mtu

(Optional) Display a list of VLANs and the minimum and maximum transmission unit (MTU) sizes configured on ports in the VLAN.

name vlan-name

(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN name. The VLAN name is an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters.

remote-span

(Optional) Display information about Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLANs.

summary

(Optional) Display VLAN summary information.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

 
Usage Guidelines

In the show vlan mtu command output, the MTU_Mismatch column shows whether all the ports in the VLAN have the same MTU. When yes appears in this column, it means that the VLAN has ports with different MTUs, and packets that are switched from a port with a larger MTU to a port with a smaller MTU might be dropped. If the VLAN does not have an SVI, the hyphen (-) symbol appears in the SVI_MTU column. If the MTU-Mismatch column displays yes, the names of the port with the MinMTU and the port with the MaxMTU appear.

Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the ifindex, internal usage, and private-vlan keywords are not supported.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vlan command. Table 1-22 describes the fields in the display.

Switch# show vlan
VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
1 default active Gi0/1, Gi0/2, Gi0/3, Gi0/4
Gi0/5, Gi0/6, Gi0/7, Gi0/8
Gi0/9, Gi0/10, Gi0/11, Gi0/12
Gi0/13, Gi0/14, Gi0/15, Gi0/16
<output truncated>
 
2 VLAN0002 active
3 VLAN0003 active
 
<output truncated>
 
1000 VLAN1000 active
1002 fddi-default active
1003 token-ring-default active
1004 fddinet-default active
1005 trnet-default active
 
VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------
1 enet 100001 1500 - - - - - 1002 1003
2 enet 100002 1500 - - - - - 0 0
3 enet 100003 1500 - - - - - 0 0
 
<output truncated>
 
1005 trnet 101005 1500 - - - ibm - 0 0
 
Remote SPAN VLANs
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Primary Secondary Type Ports
------ --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------
 

 

Table 1-22 show vlan Command Output Fields

Field
Description

VLAN

VLAN number.

Name

Name, if configured, of the VLAN.

Status

Status of the VLAN (active or suspend).

Ports

Ports that belong to the VLAN.

Type

Media type of the VLAN.

SAID

Security association ID value for the VLAN.

MTU

Maximum transmission unit size for the VLAN.

Parent

Parent VLAN, if one exists.

RingNo

Ring number for the VLAN, if applicable.

BrdgNo

Bridge number for the VLAN, if applicable.

Stp

Spanning Tree Protocol type used on the VLAN.

BrdgMode

Bridging mode for this VLAN—possible values are source-route bridging (SRB) and source-route transparent (SRT); the default is SRB.

Trans1

Translation bridge 1.

Trans2

Translation bridge 2.

Remote SPAN VLANs

Identifies any RSPAN VLANs that have been configured.

Primary/Secondary/
Type/Ports

—

This is an example of output from the show vlan summary command:

Switch# show vlan summary
Number of existing VLANs : 45
Number of existing VTP VLANs : 45
Number of existing extended VLANs : 0
 

This is an example of output from the show vlan id command.

Switch# show vlan id 2
VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
2 VLAN0200 active Gi0/1, Gi0/2
 
2 VLAN0200 active Fa1/3, Fa2/5, Fa2/6
VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------
2 enet 100002 1500 - - - - - 0 0
 
Remote SPAN VLAN
----------------
Disabled
 

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

switchport mode

Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.

usb-inactivity-timeout

Enables VLAN configuration mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to 4094.

show vmps

Use the show vmps command in EXEC mode without keywords to display the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) IP addresses, and the current and primary servers, or use the statistics keyword to display client-side statistics.

show vmps [ statistics ]

 
Syntax Description

statistics

(Optional) Display VQP client-side statistics and counters.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vmps command:

Switch# show vmps
VQP Client Status:
--------------------
VMPS VQP Version: 1
Reconfirm Interval: 60 min
Server Retry Count: 3
VMPS domain server:
 
Reconfirmation status
---------------------
VMPS Action: other
 

This is an example of output from the show vmps statistics command. Table 1-23 describes each field in the display.

Switch# show vmps statistics
VMPS Client Statistics
----------------------
VQP Queries: 0
VQP Responses: 0
VMPS Changes: 0
VQP Shutdowns: 0
VQP Denied: 0
VQP Wrong Domain: 0
VQP Wrong Version: 0
VQP Insufficient Resource: 0
 

 

Table 1-23 show vmps statistics Field Descriptions

Field
Description

VQP Queries

Number of queries sent by the client to the VMPS.

VQP Responses

Number of responses sent to the client from the VMPS.

VMPS Changes

Number of times that the VMPS changed from one server to another.

VQP Shutdowns

Number of times the VMPS sent a response to shut down the port. The client disables the port and removes all dynamic addresses on this port from the address table. You must administratively re-enable the port to restore connectivity.

VQP Denied

Number of times the VMPS denied the client request for security reasons. When the VMPS response denies an address, no frame is forwarded to or from the workstation with that address (broadcast or multicast frames are delivered to the workstation if the port has been assigned to a VLAN). The client keeps the denied address in the address table as a blocked address to prevent more queries from being sent to the VMPS for each new packet received from this workstation. The client ages the address if no new packets are received from this workstation on this port within the aging time period.

VQP Wrong Domain

Number of times the management domain in the request does not match the one for the VMPS. Any previous VLAN assignments of the port are not changed. This response means that the server and the client have not been configured with the same VTP management domain.

VQP Wrong Version

Number of times the version field in the query packet contains a value that is higher than the version supported by the VMPS. The VLAN assignment of the port is not changed. The switches send only VMPS Version 1 requests.

VQP Insufficient Resource

Number of times the VMPS is unable to answer the request because of a resource availability problem. If the retry limit has not yet been reached, the client repeats the request with the same server or with the next alternate server, depending on whether the per-server retry count has been reached.

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear vmps statistics

Clears the statistics maintained by the VQP client.

vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)

Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments with the VMPS.

vmps retry

Configures the per-server retry count for the VQP client.

vmps server

Configures the primary VMPS and up to three secondary servers.

show vtp

Use the show vtp command in EXEC mode to display general information about the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) management domain, status, and counters.

show vtp { counters | devices [ conflicts ] | interface [ interface-id ] | password | status }

 
Syntax Description

counters

Display the VTP statistics for the switch.

password

Display the configured VTP password.

devices

Display information about all VTP version 3 devices in the domain. This keyword applies only if the switch is not running VTP version 3.

conflicts

(Optional) Display information about VTP version 3 devices that have conflicting primary servers. This command is ignored when the switch is in VTP transparent or VPT off mode.

interface [ interface-id ]

Display VTP status and configuration for all interfaces or the specified interface. The interface-id can be a physical interface or a port channel.

status

Display general information about the VTP management domain status.

 
Command Modes

User EXEC
Privileged EXEC

 
Command History

Release
Modification

12.2(25)FX

This command was introduced.

12.2(52)SE

The devices and interface keywords were added for VTP version 3.

 
Usage Guidelines

When you enter the show vtp password command when the switch is running VTP version 3, the display follows these rules:

  • If the password password global configuration command did not specify the hidden keyword and encryption is not enabled on the switch, the password appears in clear text.
  • If the password password command did not specify the hidden keyword and encryption is enabled on the switch, the encrypted password appears.
  • If the password password command included the hidden keyword, the hexadecimal secret key is displayed.

Examples

This is an example of output from the show vtp devices command. A Yes in the Conflict column means that the responding server is in conflict with the local server for the feature; that is, when two switches in the same domain do not have the same primary server for a database.

Switch# show vtp devices

Retrieving information from the VTP domain. Waiting for 5 seconds.
VTP Database Conf switch ID Primary Server Revision System Name
lict
------------ ---- -------------- -------------- ---------- ----------------------
VLAN Yes 00b0.8e50.d000 000c.0412.6300 12354 main.cisco.com
MST No 00b0.8e50.d000 0004.AB45.6000 24 main.cisco.com
VLAN Yes 000c.0412.6300=000c.0412.6300 67 qwerty.cisco.com
 

This is an example of output from the show vtp counters command. Table 1-24 describes the fields in the display.

Switch# show vtp counters
 
VTP statistics:
Summary advertisements received : 0
Subset advertisements received : 0
Request advertisements received : 0
Summary advertisements transmitted : 6970
Subset advertisements transmitted : 0
Request advertisements transmitted : 0
Number of config revision errors : 0
Number of config digest errors : 0
Number of V1 summary errors : 0
 
VTP pruning statistics:
 
Trunk Join Transmitted Join Received Summary advts received from
non-pruning-capable device
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------------------
Fa0/47 0 0 0
Fa0/48 0 0 0
Gi0/1 0 0 0
Gi0/2 0 0 0
 

 

Table 1-24 show vtp counters Field Descriptions

Field
Description

Summary advertisements received

Number of summary advertisements received by this switch on its trunk ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name, the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to follow.

Subset advertisements received

Number of subset advertisements received by this switch on its trunk ports. Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more VLANs.

Request advertisements received

Number of advertisement requests received by this switch on its trunk ports. Advertisement requests normally request information on all VLANs. They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.

Summary advertisements transmitted

Number of summary advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name, the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to follow.

Subset advertisements transmitted

Number of subset advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk ports. Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more VLANs.

Request advertisements transmitted

Number of advertisement requests sent by this switch on its trunk ports. Advertisement requests normally request information on all VLANs. They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.

Number of configuration revision errors

Number of revision errors.

Whenever you define a new VLAN, delete an existing one, suspend or resume an existing VLAN, or modify the parameters on an existing VLAN, the configuration revision number of the switch increments.

Revision errors increment whenever the switch receives an advertisement whose revision number matches the revision number of the switch, but the MD5 digest values do not match. This error means that the VTP password in the two switches is different or that the switches have different configurations.

These errors means that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements, which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the network.

Number of configuration digest errors

Number of MD5 digest errors.

Digest errors increment whenever the MD5 digest in the summary packet and the MD5 digest of the received advertisement calculated by the switch do not match. This error usually means that the VTP password in the two switches is different. To solve this problem, make sure the VTP password on all switches is the same.

These errors mean that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements, which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the network.

Number of V1 summary errors

Number of Version 1 errors.

Version 1 summary errors increment whenever a switch in VTP V2 mode receives a VTP Version 1 frame. These errors mean that at least one neighboring switch is either running VTP Version 1 or VTP Version 2 with V2-mode disabled. To solve this problem, change the configuration of the switches in VTP V2-mode to disabled.

Join Transmitted

Number of VTP pruning messages sent on the trunk.

Join Received

Number of VTP pruning messages received on the trunk.

Summary Advts Received from non-pruning-capable device

Number of VTP summary messages received on the trunk from devices that do not support pruning.

This is an example of output from the show vtp status command for a switch running VTP version 2. Table 1-25 describes the fields in the display.

Switch# show vtp status
VTP Version : 2
Configuration Revision : 0
Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005
Number of existing VLANs : 45
VTP Operating Mode : Transparent
VTP Domain Name : shared_testbed1
VTP Pruning Mode : Disabled
VTP V2 Mode : Disabled
VTP Traps Generation : Enabled
MD5 digest : 0x3A 0x29 0x86 0x39 0xB4 0x5D 0x58 0xD7
 

 

Table 1-25 show vtp status Field Descriptions

Field
Description

VTP Version

Displays the VTP version operating on the switch. By default, the switch implements Version 1 but can be set to Version 2.

Configuration Revision

Current configuration revision number on this switch.

Maximum VLANs Supported Locally

Maximum number of VLANs supported locally.

Number of Existing VLANs

Number of existing VLANs.

VTP Operating Mode

Displays the VTP operating mode, which can be server, client, or transparent.

Server: a switch in VTP server mode is enabled for VTP and sends advertisements. You can configure VLANs on it. The switch guarantees that it can recover all the VLAN information in the current VTP database from NVRAM after reboot. By default, every switch is a VTP server.

Note The switch automatically changes from VTP server mode to VTP client mode if it detects a failure while writing the configuration to NVRAM and cannot return to server mode until the NVRAM is functioning.

Client: a switch in VTP client mode is enabled for VTP, can send advertisements, but does not have enough nonvolatile storage to store VLAN configurations. You cannot configure VLANs on it. When a VTP client starts up, it does not send VTP advertisements until it receives advertisements to initialize its VLAN database.

Transparent: a switch in VTP transparent mode is disabled for VTP, does not send or learn from advertisements sent by other devices, and cannot affect VLAN configurations on other devices in the network. The switch receives VTP advertisements and forwards them on all trunk ports except the one on which the advertisement was received.

VTP Domain Name

Name that identifies the administrative domain for the switch.

VTP Pruning Mode

Displays whether pruning is enabled or disabled. Enabling pruning on a VTP server enables pruning for the entire management domain. Pruning restricts flooded traffic to those trunk links that the traffic must use to access the appropriate network devices.

VTP V2 Mode

Displays if VTP Version 2 mode is enabled. All VTP Version 2 switches operate in Version 1 mode by default. Each VTP switch automatically detects the capabilities of all the other VTP devices. A network of VTP devices should be configured to Version 2 only if all VTP switches in the network can operate in Version 2 mode.

VTP Traps Generation

Displays whether VTP traps are sent to a network management station.

MD5 Digest

A 16-byte checksum of the VTP configuration.

Configuration Last Modified

Displays the date and time of the last configuration modification. Displays the IP address of the switch that caused the configuration change to the database.

This is an example of output from the show vtp status command for a switch running VTP version 3..

Switch# show vtp status
VTP Version capable : 1 to 3
VTP version running : 3
VTP Domain Name : Cisco
VTP Pruning Mode : Disabled
VTP Traps Generation : Disabled
Device ID : 0021.1bcd.c700
 
Feature VLAN:
--------------
VTP Operating Mode : Server
Number of existing VLANs : 7
Number of existing extended VLANs : 0
Configuration Revision : 0
Primary ID : 0000.0000.0000
Primary Description :
MD5 digest : 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
Feature MST:
--------------
VTP Operating Mode : Client
Configuration Revision : 0
Primary ID : 0000.0000.0000
Primary Description :
MD5 digest : 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
 
Feature UNKNOWN:
--------------
VTP Operating Mode : Transparent

 
Related Commands

Command
Description

clear vtp counters

Clears the VTP and pruning counters.

vtp (global configuration)

Configures the VTP filename, interface name, domain name, and mode.